Foreword - Amazon S3However, the more you know about these systems and how to use them properly, the greater your chances become of surviving an accident without death or serious injury

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

i

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Foreword

Welcome to the growing group of value−conscious people who drive Toyotas. We are proud of the advanced engineering andquality construction of each vehicle we build.

This Owner’s Manual explains the operation of your new Toyota. Please read it thoroughly and have all the occupantsfollow the instructions carefully. Doing so will help you enjoy many years of safe and trouble−free motoring. Forimportant information about this manual and your Toyota, read the following pages carefully.

When it comes to service, remember that your Toyota dealer knows your vehicle very well and is interested in your completesatisfaction. He will provide quality maintenance and any other assistance you may require.

If there is not a Toyota dealer near you, or you need emergency assistance for any reason, please call the following number:

� U.S. OWNERS: Toyota Customer Assistance Center Toll−free: 1−800−331−4331

� CANADIAN OWNERS: Toyota Canada Customer Interaction Centre Toll−free: 1−888−TOYOTA−8 (1−888−869−6828)

Please leave this Owner’s Manual in this vehicle at the time of resale. The next owner will need this information also.

All information and specifications in this manual are current at the time of printing. However, because of Toyota’s policy ofcontinual product improvement, we reserve the right to make changes at any time without notice.

Please note that this manual applies to all models and explains all equipment, including options. Therefore, you mayfind some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.

© 2004 TOYOTA MOTOR CORPORATION

All rights reserved. This material may not be reproduced or copied, in whole or in part, without the written permission of ToyotaMotor Corporation.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)


Publication No. OM41412UPart No. 01999-41412Printed in Japan 01−0408−00

( U)

Quick index

� If a service reminder indicator or warning buzzer comes on 120. . . . . . . .

� If your vehicle will not start 251. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� If your engine stalls while driving 254. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� If your vehicle overheats 254. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� If you have a flat tire 255. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� If your vehicle needs to be towed 264. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� Tips for driving during break−in period 213. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� How to start the engine 239. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� General maintenance 278. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gas station information

Fuel type:

UNLEADED gasoline, Octane Rating 87 (Research Octane Number 91) orhigher. For improved vehicle performance, the use of premium unleadedgasoline with an Octane Rating of 91 (Research Octane Number 96) orhigher is recommended.

See page 213 for detailed information.

Fuel tank capacity: 70 L (18.5 gal., 15.4 lmp. gal.)

Engine oil: API grade SL “Energy−Conserving” or ILSAC multigrade engine oil isrecommended.

See page 292 for detailed information.

Tire information: See pages 296 through 304.

Tire pressure: See page 322.

aU−9

B

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

ii


Important information about this manual

Safety and vehicle damage warnings

Throughout this manual, you will see safety and vehicle dam-age warnings. You must follow these warnings carefully toavoid possible injury or damage.

The types of warnings, what they look like, and how they areused in this manual are explained as follows:

CAUTION

This is a warning against anything which may causeinjury to people if the warning is ignored. You areinformed about what you must or must not do inorder to reduce the risk of injury to yourself andothers.

NOTICE

This is a warning against anything which may causedamage to the vehicle or its equipment if the warningis ignored. You are informed about what you must ormust not do in order to avoid or reduce the risk ofdamage to your vehicle and its equipment.

Safety symbol

When you see the safety symbolshown above, it means: “Do not...”;“Do not do this”; or “Do not let thishappen”.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

iii


Important information about your Toyota

Occupant restraint systems

Toyota encourages you and your family to take the time toread Section 1−3 of this Owner’s Manual carefully. Interms of helping you understand how you can receive themaximum benefit of the occupant restraint systems thisvehicle provides, Section 1−3 of this Owner’s Manual isthe most important Section for you and your family toread.

Section 1−3 describes the function and operation concern-ing seats, seat belts, SRS airbags and child restraint sys-tems of this vehicle and some potential hazards youshould be aware of. These systems work together alongwith the overall structure of this vehicle in order to provideoccupant restraint in the event of a crash. The effect ofeach system is enhanced when it is used properly andtogether with other systems. No single occupant restraintsystem can, by itself, provide you or your family with theequal level of restraint which these systems can providewhen used together. That is why it is important for you andyour family to understand the purpose and proper use ofeach of these systems and how they relate to each other.

The purpose of all occupant restraint systems is to helpreduce the possibility of death or serious injury in theevent of a collision. None of these systems, either individ-ually or together, can ensure that there is no injury in theevent of collision. However, the more you know aboutthese systems and how to use them properly, the greateryour chances become of surviving an accident withoutdeath or serious injury.

Seat belts provide the primary restraint to all occupants ofthe vehicle, and every occupant of the vehicle should wearseat belts properly at all times. Children should always besecured in child restraint systems that are appropriate fortheir age and size. SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)airbags are, as their names imply, designed to work with,and be supplemental to, seat belts and are not substitutesfor them. SRS airbags can be very effective in reducingthe risk of head and chest injuries by preventing contact ofthe head and chest with interior portions of the vehicle.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

iv


In order to be effective, the SRS airbags must deploy withtremendous speed. The rapid deployment of the SRS air-bags makes the SRS airbags themselves potential sourcesof serious injury if an occupant is too close to an airbag,or if an object or some part of his or her body has beenplaced between the occupant and the airbag at the time ofdeployment. This is just one example of how the instruc-tions in Section 1−3 of this Owner’s Manual will help en-sure proper use of the occupant restraint systems, andincrease the safety they can provide to you and your fami-ly in the event of an accident.

Toyota recommends you to read the provisions in Section1−3 carefully and refer to them as needed during your timeof ownership of this vehicle.

New vehicle warranty

Your new vehicle is covered by the following Toyota limitedwarranties:

� New vehicle warranty

� Emission control systems warranty

� Others

For further information, please refer to the “Owner’s War-ranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-ment”.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

v


Your responsibility formaintenance

It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure that the speci-fied maintenance is performed. Section 6 gives details ofthese maintenance requirements. Also included in Section6 is general maintenance. For scheduled maintenance in-formation, please refer to the “Scheduled MaintenanceGuide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

Important health and safetyinformation about your Toyota

CAUTION

� WARNING: Engine exhaust, some of its constitu-ents, and a wide variety of automobile compo-nents contain or emit chemicals known to theState of California to cause cancer and birth de-fects and other reproductive harm. In addition,oils, fuels and fluids contained in vehicles aswell as waste produced by component wear con-tain or emit chemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer and birth defects or

other reproductive harm.

� Battery posts, terminals and related accessoriescontain lead and lead compounds. Wash yourhands after handling. Used engine oil containschemicals that have caused cancer in laboratoryanimals. Always protect your skin by washing

thoroughly with soap and water.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

vi


Accessories, spare parts andmodification of your Toyota

A wide variety of non−genuine spare parts and accessoriesfor Toyota vehicles are currently available in the market.You should know that Toyota does not warrant these prod-ucts and is not responsible for their performance, repair, orreplacement, or for any damage they may cause to, oradverse effect they may have on, your Toyota vehicle.

This vehicle should not be modified with non−genuineToyota products. Modification with non−genuine Toyotaproducts could affect its performance, safety or durability,and may even violate governmental regulations. In addi-tion, damage or performance problems resulting from themodification may not be covered under warranty.

Spark ignition system of yourToyota

The spark ignition system in your Toyota meets all require-ments of the Canadian Interference−Causing EquipmentStandard.

Installation of a mobile two−wayradio system

As the installation of a mobile two−way radio system inyour vehicle could affect electronic systems such as multi-port fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injectionsystem, cruise control system, anti−lock brake system,traction control system, vehicle stability control system,SRS airbag system and seat belt pretensioner system, besure to check with your Toyota dealer for precautionarymeasures or special instructions regarding installation.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

vii


Tires and loading on yourToyota

Underinflated or overinflated tire pressure and theexcess load may result in the deterioration ofsteering ability and braking ability, leading to anaccident. Check the tire inflation pressure periodi-cally and be sure to keep the load limits given inthis Owner’s Manual. For details about tire inflationpressure and load limits, see “Checking tire infla-tion pressure” in Section 7−2 and “Vehicle loadlimits” in Section 2.

Scrapping of your Toyota

The SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner devices in yourToyota contain explosive chemicals. If the vehicle isscrapped with the airbags and pretensioners left as theyare, this may cause an accident such as fire. Be sure tohave the systems of the SRS airbag and seat belt preten-sioner removed and disposed of by the qualified serviceshop or by your Toyota dealer before you dispose of yourvehicle.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

viii


’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)


You should know as much about the quality and

importance of proper maintenance of your new

vehicle as the people who built it.

The Toyota authorized Repair Manual

tells you how to maintain your vehicle and

enables you to correctly perform your own

maintenance.

The best way to keep your new vehicle in toprunning order is to maintain it properly fromthe moment you drive it off the showroomfloor.

The Toyota authorized Repair Manual ispacked with literally everything you need toknow to perform your own maintenance invirtually every area of your new vehicle.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)


Where to obtain the

Repair Manual

The repair manual for Avalon, written in Eng-

lish, may be purchased as applicable from any

Toyota dealer.

Pub. Name: 2004 AVALON Repair ManualPub. No.: RM1061U1

RM1061U2

Maintenance procedures for the engine,

chassis, body, electrical system, and more,

are clearly explained and illustrated.

Periodic maintenance and tune−up

Periodic maintenance and tune−up helps to pre-vent small problems from growing into larger ones lat-er on. The repair manual outlines exactly what main-tenance is required and clearly explains how to do thework yourself step−by−step.

Areas covered include such things as spark plug re-placement, valve clearance adjustment and engine oiland filter replacement.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)


WE REALLY CARE ABOUT YOU � PLEASE BUCKLE UP

Toyota has made a special effort to encourage use of seat belts.

Toyota belts are:

� Comfortable

� Easy to use

� Convenient

We encourage you to use your belts every time you drive.

U

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

1


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSOverview of instruments and controlsInstrument panel overview 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Instrument cluster overview 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Indicator symbols on the instrument panel 11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1− 1

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2


1. Side vents

2. Side defroster outlets

3. Instrument cluster and/ormulti−information display

4. Garage door opener

5. Center vents

6. Auxiliary boxes

7. Front personal light, interior light and/orelectric moon roof switch

8. Power door lock switches

9. Power window switches

10. Glove box

11. Trunk opener main switch

12. Rear vents

13. Power outlet (115 VAC)

14. Power outlet (12 VDC)

15. Cup holder

16. Automatic transmission selector lever

17. Hood lock release lever

18. Parking brake pedal

19. Window lock switch

Instrument panel overview�With bucket front seat (view A)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

3


1. Power rear view mirror control switches

2. Headlight, turn signal and front foglight switches

3. Wiper and washer switches

4. Emergency flasher switch

5. Car audio

6. Air conditioning controls

7. Rear window and outside rear viewmirror defogger switch

8. Cigarette lighter and ashtray

9. Ignition switch

10. Power outlet main switch

11. Traction control system off switch

12. Cruise control switch

13. Tilt steering lock release lever

14. Trunk lid lock release switch

15. Instrument panel light control knob

�With bucket front seat (view B with manual air conditioning controls)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

4



2. Headlight, turn signal and front foglight switches



5. Car audio




9. Seat heater switches

10. Ignition switch







�With bucket front seat (view B with automatic air conditioning controls)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

5


1. Side vents

2. Side defroster outlets

3. Instrument cluster and/ormulti−information display

4. Automatic transmission selector lever

5. Garage door opener

6. Center vents

7. Auxiliary boxes

8. Front personal light, interior light and/orelectric moon roof switch

9. Power door lock switches

10. Power window switches

11. Glove box

12. Cup holder

13. Trunk opener main switch

14. Hood lock release lever

15. Parking brake pedal

16. Window lock switch

�With bench type front seat (view A)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

6



2. Headlight and turn signal switch andfront fog light switch



5. Car audio






11. Ignition switch







�With bench type front seat (view B with manual air conditioning controls)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

7



2. Headlight and turn signal switch andfront fog light switch



5. Car audio



8. Seat heater switches




12. Ignition switch







�With bench type front seat (view B with automatic air conditioning controls)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

8


1. Engine coolant temperature gauge

2. Tachometer

3. Service reminder indicators andindicator lights

4. Speedometer

5. Engine immobilizer system indicatorlight

6. Odometer and two trip meters

7. Clock

8. Outside temperature display

9. “ADJ” button∗

10. “MODE” button∗

11. “ODO/TRIP” button

12. Fuel gauge

∗: This button is used to adjust the clock. For details, see “Clock” in Section 1−10.

Instrument cluster overview�Type A

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

9



2. Tachometer


4. Speedometer

5. Theft deterrent system/engineimmobilizer system indicator light

6. Clock∗

7. Outside temperature display∗

8. Multi−information display

9. “LIGHT” button∗

10. “MODE” button∗

11. “RESET/ADJ” button∗

12. “DISPLAY” button∗



15. Fuel gauge

∗: This button is used to operate the multi−information display. For details, see “Multi−information display” in Section 1−10.

�Type B

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

10



2. Tachometer


4. Speedometer

5. Theft deterrent system/engineimmobilizer system indicator light

6. Clock∗

7. Outside temperature display∗



10. Fuel gauge

∗: For details, please refer to the separate “Navigation system Owner’s manual”.

�Type C

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

11


Brake system warning light∗1

Driver’s seat belt reminder light∗1

Discharge warning light∗1

Malfunction indicator lamp∗1

Low engine oil pressure warning light∗1

or

Low fuel level warning light∗1

Anti−lock brake system warning light∗1or

Open door warning light∗1

Rear light failure warning light∗1

SRS warning light∗1

Low windshield washer fluid level warninglight∗1

Front outside passenger’s seat belt reminderlight∗1

Vehicle stability control system and tractioncontrol system warning light∗1

Headlight high beam indicator light

Indicator symbols on the instrument panel

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

12


∗1: For details, see “Service reminder indicators and warningbuzzers” in Section 1−6.

∗2: If this light flashes, see “Cruise control” in Section 1−7.

Turn signal indicator lights

Slip indicator light

Cruise control indicator light∗2

Overdrive−off indicator light

Automatic transmission indicator lights

Traction control system off indicator light

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

188


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSOther equipmentMulti−information display 189. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clock 198. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outside temperature display 198. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cigarette lighter and ashtray 198. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power outlet 199. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glove box 202. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Garage door opener 202. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary box 205. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front cup holder 207. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear cup holder 208. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Floor mat 210. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1− 10

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

189


1. Outside temperature display

2. Clock

3. Compass

4. Calendar

5. Cruise information display

6. “LIGHT” button

7. “MODE” button

8. “RESET/ADJ” button

9. “DISPLAY” button

Multi−information display—

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

190


Operate the multi−information displaywith the ignition switch on.

When the ignition switch is turned to“ON”, the last previously used mode dis-played just before the ignition switch isturned off will appear.

If the electrical power source has beendisconnected from the multi−informationdisplay, the display will automatically beset to the initial mode.

When the instrument panel lights areturned on, the brightness of the displaywill be reduced.

“LIGHT” button

This button is used to select the illumi-nation pattern of the display.

Every time you push the “LIGHT” button,the display illuminates in the following or-der.

1. All the parts of the display are illumi-nated.

2. Clock, outside temperature display andcompass are illuminated.

3. Illumination is off.

“MODE” and “RESET/ADJ” buttons

These buttons are used to select theitem to be reset or adjusted.

Every time you push the “MODE” button,the display toggles in the following order.

1. Hour

2. Minute

3. Year

4. Month

5. Day

6. English or metric unit selection of theoutside temperature display and cruiseinformation display

7. Compass deviation calibration (zone)

8. Compass circling calibration

—Before using themulti−information display

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

191


When the item desired to be correctedappears, reset or adjust it by pushing the“RESET/ADJ” button.

“DISPLAY” button

This button is used to toggle the func-tions of the cruise information display.

Every time you push the “DISPLAY” but-ton, the display toggles.

For more details, see “—Cruiseinformation display”.

CAUTION

Do not adjust the display while thevehicle is moving. Be sure to adjustthe display only when the vehicle isstopped.

The digital clock indicates the time.

If the electrical power source has beendisconnected, the time display will auto-matically be set to 1:00 a.m.

To reset the hour: Push the “MODE” but-ton until the hour display appears andblinks. Then push the “RESET/ADJ” but-ton.To reset the minutes: Push the “MODE”button until the minute display appearsand blinks. Then push the “RESET/ADJ”button.

After resetting the clock, push the “MODE”button until the display returns to normalcalendar mode.

The digital calendar indicates the date.

If the electrical power source has beendisconnected, the calendar display will au-tomatically be set to “THU JAN 1”.

To reset the year: Push the “MODE” but-ton until the year display appears andblinks. Then push the “RESET/ADJ” but-ton. (After the year 2021 appears, thenumber returns to 2002.)To reset the month: Push the “MODE”button until the month display appears andblinks. Then push the “RESET/ADJ” but-ton.To reset the day: Push the “MODE” buttonuntil the day display appears and blinks.Then push the “RESET/ADJ” button.

—Clock —Calendar

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

192


After resetting the calendar, push the“MODE” button until the display returns tonormal calendar mode.

The outside temperature display indi-cates outside air temperatures.

To set the unit, push the “MODE” buttonuntil the unit display appears and blinks.Then push the “RESET/ADJ” button to se-lect “�C” or “�F”. (At this time, cruiseinformation and air conditioning displaysalso change.)

After setting the unit, push the “MODE”button until the display returns to normalcalendar mode.

—Outside temperature display —Cruise information display

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

193


The cruise information display indicatesthe following information.

1. Instantaneous fuel consumption

2. Average fuel consumption after refuel-ing

3. Average vehicle speed

4. Driving range

5. Driving time

Every time you push the “DISPLAY” but-ton, the display toggles through this infor-mation.

The displayed values in the cruise infor-mation display indicate general drivingconditions. Accuracy varies with drivinghabits and road conditions.

If the electrical power source has beendisconnected, the display will automaticallybe set to instantaneous fuel consumption.

To set the unit, push the “MODE” buttonuntil the unit display appears and blinks.Then push the “RESET/ADJ” button to se-lect km/liter or mile/gallon. (At this time,the outside temperature and air condition-ing displays also change.)

After setting the unit, push the “MODE”button until the display returns to normalcalendar mode.

1. Instantaneous fuel consumption(“INST ECON”)

The instantaneous fuel consumption iscalculated and displayed based on driv-ing distance and fuel consumption for2 seconds with the engine running.

The displayed value is updated every 2seconds.

Note that an accurate figure may not beshown in the following cases.

� When the vehicle is stopped with theengine running, the display will indicatethe extremely high fuel consumption.

� When the vehicle is driving down along slope, applying the engine brake,the display will indicate the extremelylow fuel consumption.

The calculation is reset when the ignitionswitch is turned off.

2. Average fuel consumption after re-fueling(“AVG ECON”)

Average fuel consumption after refuel-ing is calculated and displayed basedon total driving distance and total fuelconsumption with the engine running.


Every time you refuel the vehicle, the av-erage fuel consumption after refueling(“AVG ECON”) calculation is automaticallyreset.

3. Average vehicle speed(“AVG SPEED”)

Average vehicle speed is calculated anddisplayed based on total driving dis-tance and total driving time with theengine running.


To reset the calculations, push the“RESET/ADJ” button.


’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

194


4. Driving range(“FUEL RANGE”)

The distance the vehicle can travel withthe remaining fuel is calculated anddisplayed based on the quantity of re-maining fuel and past fuel consumption.

The displayed value is updated every timewhen the fuel equivalent for 1 km is con-sumed.

Every time you refuel the vehicle, thedriving range calculation is automaticallyreset.

The actual driving range varies with driv-ing habits and road conditions. If fuel con-sumption is good, the driving range will belonger. If fuel consumption is poor, thedriving range will be shorter.

5. Driving time(“TRIP TIME”)

The elapsed time after the engine startsis displayed.

When the engine is started, driving timeis counted from 0:00. Up to 99:59 (99hours, 59 minutes) can be displayed.When the driving time exceeds 99:59, thecounter returns to 0:00.

To reset the calculations, push the“RESET/ADJ” button.


The compass indicates the directionthat the vehicle is heading. In theabove case, it shows that the vehicle isheading south.

Displays Directions

NNEE

SES

SWW

NW

NorthNortheast

EastSoutheast

SouthSouthwest

WestNorthwest

—Compass

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

195


The compass may not show the correctdirection in the following conditions:

� The vehicle is stopped immediately af-ter turning.

The compass does not adjust while thevehicle is stopped.

� The ignition switch is turned off imme-diately after turning.

� The vehicle is on an inclined surface.

� The vehicle is in a place where theearth’s magnetic field is subject to in-terference by artificial magnetic fields(underground parking, under a steeltower, between buildings, roof parking,near a crossing, near a large vehicle,etc.).

� The vehicle is magnetized. (There is amagnet or a metal object on or nearthe roof.)

� The battery has been disconnected.

If the deviation is small, the compassworks to calibrate the direction automati-cally while the vehicle is in motion.

For additional precision or for completecalibrating, see “CALIBRATING THECOMPASS” below.

Compass sensor

NOTICE

Do not put magnets or a metal objecton or near the roof of the vehicle.Doing this may cause malfunction ofthe compass sensor.

CALIBRATING THE COMPASS (deviationcalibration)

The direction display on the compassdeviates from the true direction deter-mined by the earth’s magnetic field. Theangle of deviation varies according to thegeographic position of the vehicle.

To adjust for this deviation, stop the ve-hicle and push the “MODE” button severaltimes until “ZONE XX” appears on thecalendar display. Then push the “RESET/ADJ” button, referring to the following mapto select the number of the zone wherethe vehicle is.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

196


Zone number

After calibration, push the “MODE” buttonseveral times until the calendar displayreturns to the normal mode.

CAUTION

Do not adjust the display while thevehicle is moving. Be sure to adjustthe display only when the vehicle isstopped.

Hawaii, Samoa: 5Guam, Saipan: 8

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

197


CALIBRATING THE COMPASS (circlingcalibration)

Sometimes the direction display on thecompass may not change after a turn. Torectify this, stop the vehicle and push the“MODE” button several times until“COMPASS” appears and blinks on thedisplay. Then push the “RESET/ADJ” but-ton. “CALIBRATE” appears and blinks to-gether with the compass display.

Drive the vehicle in a circle until the blink-ing stops. If there is not enough space todrive in a circle, drive around the blockuntil the blinking stops.

When the compass and the calendar dis-play return to normal mode, calibration iscomplete.

If you want to cancel the calibration be-fore it is complete, push the “MODE” but-ton again.

Perform circling calibration just afteryou have purchased your Toyota. Andthen always perform circling calibrationafter the battery has been removed, re-placed or disconnected.

� Do not perform circling calibration ofthe compass in a place where theearth’s magnetic field is subject to in-terference by artificial magnetic fields(underground parking, under a steeltower, between buildings, roof parking,near a crossing, near a large vehicle,etc.).

� During calibration, do not operate elec-tric systems (moon roof, power win-dows, etc.) as they may interfere withthe calibration.

CAUTION

� When doing the circling calibration,be sure to secure a wide space,and watch out for people and ve-hicles in the neighborhood. Do notviolate any local traffic rules whileperforming circling calibration.

� Do not adjust the display while thevehicle is moving. Be sure to adjustthe display only when the vehicle isstopped.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

198


To reset the hour: Push the “MODE” but-ton until the hour display blinks. Thenpush the “ADJ” button.To reset the minutes: Push the “MODE”button until the minute display blinks.Then push the “ADJ” button.

The key must be in the “ON” position.

If the electrical power source has beendisconnected from the clock, the time dis-play will automatically be set to 1:00 (oneo’clock).

When the instrument panel lights areturned on, the brightness of the time in-dication will be reduced.


When the instrument panel lights areturned on, the brightness of the displaywill be reduced.

To change the display between “�C” to“�F”, push the “MODE” button until thedisplay blinks. Then push the “ADJ” buttonto select “�C” or “�F”.

With bucket front seat

With bench type front seat

Clock Outside temperature display Cigarette lighter and ashtray

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

199


CIGARETTE LIGHTER

To use the cigarette lighter, first openthe ashtray lid, then press in the light-er. After it finishes heating up, it auto-matically pops out ready for use.

If the engine is not running, the key mustbe in the “ACC” position.

Do not hold the cigarette lighter pressedin.

Use a Toyota genuine cigarette lighter orequivalent for replacement.

ASHTRAY

With bucket front seat—To use the ash-tray, push the lid to open.

With bench type front seat—To use theashtray, pull the lid to open.

When finished with your cigarette, thor-oughly extinguish it in the ashtray to pre-vent other cigarette butts from catchingfire. After using the ashtray, push it backin completely.

To remove the ashtray, open the ashtraylid and pull it out.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or sudden stopwhile driving, always completely closethe ashtray after use.



Power outlet (12 VDC)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

200


The power outlet is designed for powersupply for car accessories.

The key must be in the “ACC” or “ON”position for the power outlet to be used.

NOTICE

� To prevent the fuse from beingblown, do not use the electricityover the total vehicle capacity of 12VDC/120W.

� To prevent the battery from beingdischarged, do not use the poweroutlet longer than necessary whenthe engine is not running.

� Close the power outlet lid when thepower outlet is not in use. Insertinganything other than an appropriateplug that fits the outlet, or allowingany liquid to get into the outlet maycause electrical failure or short cir-cuits.



This power outlet is designed for useas a power supply for electric ap-pliances in the vehicle.

The key must be in the “ON” position forthe power outlet to be used.

The maximum capacity for this power out-let is 115 VAC/100W. If you attempt touse an appliance that requires more than115 VAC or 100W, the protection circuitwill activate and cut the power supply.The power supply will restart automaticallywhen you use an appliance that operateswithin the 115 VAC/100W limits.

Power outlet (115 VAC)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

201


To use the power outlet, push the mainswitch on the instrument panel.

An indicator light will illuminate to indicatethat the power outlet is ready for use.

Push the main switch once again to turnthe power outlet off. When the power out-let is not in use, make sure that the mainswitch is turned off.

NOTICE

� To prevent the battery from beingdischarged, do not use the poweroutlet longer than necessary whenthe engine is not running.

� Close the power outlet lid when thepower outlet is not in use. Insertinganything other than an appropriateplug that fits the outlet, or allowingany liquid to get into the outlet maycause electrical failure or short cir-cuits.

The power outlet is not designed forthe following electric appliances eventhough their power consumption is un-der 115 VAC/100W. These appliancesmay not operate properly.

� Appliances with high initial peak watt-age: cathode−ray tube type televisions,compressor−driven refrigerators, electricpumps, electric tools, etc.

� Measuring devices which process pre-cise data: medical equipment, measur-ing instruments, etc.

� Other appliances requiring an extremelystable power supply: microcomputer−controlled electric blankets, touch sen-sor lamps, etc.

Certain electrical appliances may causeradio noise.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

202


To use the glove box, do this.

To open: Pull the lever.

With the instrument panel lights on, theglove box light will come on when theglove box is open.

To lock: Insert the master key and turn itclockwise.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or a sudden stop,always keep the glove box doorclosed while driving.

The garage door opener ( �

Universal Transceiver) is manufacturedunder license from HomeLink� and canbe programmed to operate garagedoors, gates, entry doors, door locks,home lighting systems, and securitysystems, etc.

(a) Programming the HomeLink�

The HomeLink� in your vehicle has 3buttons and you can store one programfor each button.

To ensure correct programming into theHomeLink�, install a new battery in thehand−held transmitter prior to program-ming.

The battery side of the hand−held trans-mitter must be pointed away from theHomeLink� during the programming pro-cess.

For Canadian users, follow the procedurein “Programming an entrance gate/Pro-gramming all devices in the Canadianmarket”.

1. Decide which of 3 HomeLink� buttonsyou want to program.

2. Place your hand−held garage transmit-ter 25 to 75 mm (1 to 3 in.) away fromthe surface of the HomeLink�.

Keep the indicator light on the HomeLink�

in view while programming.

Glove box Garage door opener

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

203


3. Simultaneously press and hold thehand−held garage transmitter buttonalong with the selected HomeLink� but-ton.

4. When the indicator light on theHomeLink� changes from a slow to arapid flash after 20 seconds, you canrelease both buttons.

5. Test the operation of the HomeLink� bypressing the newly programmed button.If programming a garage door opener,check to see if the garage door opensand closes.

If the garage door does not operate, iden-tify if your garage transmitter is of the“Rolling Code” type. Press and hold theprogrammed HomeLink� button. The ga-rage door has the rolling code feature ifthe indicator light (on the HomeLink�)flashes rapidly and then remains lit after2 seconds. If your garage transmitter isthe “Rolling Code” type, proceed to theheading “Programming a rolling code sys-tem”.

6. Repeat steps 2 through 5 for each re-maining HomeLink� button to programanother device.

Programming a rolling code system

If your device is “Rolling Code”equipped, it is necessary to followsteps 1 through 4 under the heading“Programming the HomeLink�” beforeproceeding with the steps listed below.

1. Locate the “training” button on the ceil-ing mounted garage door opener motor.The exact location and color of thebutton may vary by brand of garagedoor opener. Refer to the owner’sguide supplied by the garage dooropener manufacturer for the location ofthis “training” button.

2. Press the “training” button on the ceil-ing mounted garage door opener motor.

Following this step, you have 30 secondsin which to initiate step 3 below.

3. Press and release the vehicle’s pro-grammed HomeLink� button twice. Thegarage door may open. If the doordoes open, the programming process iscomplete. If the door does not open,press and release the button a thirdtime. This third press and release willcomplete the programming process byopening the garage door.

The ceiling mounted garage door openermotor should now recognize theHomeLink� unit and be able activate thegarage door up/down.

4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 for each re-maining HomeLink� button to programanother rolling code system.

Programming an entrance gate/Program-ming all devices in the Canadian market

1. Decide which of the 3 HomeLink� but-tons you want to program.

2. Place your hand−held gate/devicetransmitter 25 to 75 mm (1 to 3 in.)away from the surface of theHomeLink�.

Keep the indicator light on the HomeLink�

in view while programming.

3. Press and hold the selectedHomeLink� button.

4. Continuously press and release (cycle)the hand−held gate/device transmitterbutton every two seconds until step 5is complete.

5. When the indicator light on theHomeLink� changes from a slow to arapid flash after 20 seconds, you canrelease both buttons.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

204


6. Test the operation of the HomeLink� bypressing the newly programmed button.Check to see if the gate/device oper-ates correctly.

7. Repeat steps 1 through 6 for each re-maining HomeLink� button to programanother device.

Programming other devices

To program other devices such as homesecurity systems, home door locks orlighting, contact your authorized Toyotadealer for assistance.

Reprogramming a button

Individual HomeLink� buttons cannot beerased, however, to reprogram a singlebutton, follow the procedure “Programmingthe HomeLink�”.

(b) Operating the HomeLink�

To operate the HomeLink�, press theappropriate HomeLink� button to activatethe programmed device. The HomeLink�

indicator light should come on. TheHomeLink� continues to send the signalfor up to 20 seconds as long as thebutton is pressed.

(c) Erasing the entire HomeLink�

memory (all three programs)

To erase all previously programmed codesat one time, press and hold down the 2outside buttons for 20 seconds until theindicator light flashes.

If you sell your vehicle, be sure to erasethe programs stored in the HomeLink�

memory.

CAUTION

� When programming the HomeLink�

Universal Transceiver, you may beoperating a garage door or otherdevice. Make sure people and ob-jects are out of the way of the ga-rage door or other device to pre-vent potential harm or damage.

� Do not use this HomeLink� Univer-sal Transceiver with any garagedoor opener that lacks the safetystop and reverse feature as re-quired by federal safety standards.(This includes any garage dooropener model manufactured beforeApril 1, 1982.) A garage door open-er which cannot detect an object(signaling the door to stop and re-verse), does not meet current feder-al safety standards. Using a garagedoor opener without these featuresincreases risk of serious injury ordeath.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

205


This device complies with FCC RulesPart 15. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence that may be received, includinginterference that may cause undersiredoperation.

WARNING: This transmitter has beentested and complies with FCC andDOC/MPAC rules. Changes or modifi-cations not expressly approved by theparty responsible for compliancecould void the user’s authority to op-erate the device.

To use the box, push the lid to open.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or a sudden stop,always keep the auxiliary box closedwhile driving.

NOTICE

During hot weather, the interior of thevehicle becomes very hot. Do notleave anything flammable or deform-able such as a lighter, glasses, etc.inside.

Auxiliary box (type A)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

206


To use the box, pull on the handle.

CAUTION


To use the box, pull down the armrest,pull up the lock release lever and openthe lid.

CAUTION


To use the box, pull up the lock releaselever and open the lid.

CAUTION


Auxiliary box (type B) Auxiliary box (type C) Auxiliary box (type D)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

207


To maximize the storage room, removethe cup holder by pushing the side fac-ing at its upright position.

The cup holder is designed for holdingcups or drink−cans securely.

To use the cup holder, push on the lid.

CAUTION

� Do not place anything else otherthan cups or drink−cans on the cupholder, as such items may bethrown about in the compartmentand possibly injure people in thevehicle during sudden braking or inan accident.

� To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or sudden stopwhile driving, keep the cup holderclosed when it is not in use.

Front cup holder (type A)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

208



To use the cup holder, pull down the arm-rest, pull up the lock release lever andopen the lid.

CAUTION

� Do not place anything else otherthan cups or drink−cans in the cupholder, as such items may bethrown about in the compartmentand possibly injure people in thevehicle during sudden braking or inan accident.


� Do not lift the armrest upright whenthe cup holder is pulled out.


To use the cup holder, pull down the arm-rest.

Front cup holder (type B) Rear cup holder (type A)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

209


CAUTION





To use the cup holder, open the armrestlid by pulling up the lock release leverand pull out the cup holder. Then closethe armrest lid.

CAUTION

� Do not leave the armrest lid open,especially when the cup holderholds a scalding hot drink. If the lidis forcibly pulled up, the drink mayspill over the seat occupants.

� When the cup holder is in use, thearmrest lid must be securely closedwith the lock engaged.


Rear cup holder (type B)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

210




Use a floor mat of the correct size.

If the floor carpet and floor mat have ahole, then it is designed for use with alocking clip. Fix the floor mat with lockingclip into the hole in the floor carpet.

CAUTION

Make sure the floor mat is properlyplaced on the floor carpet. If the floormat slips and interferes with themovement of the pedals during driv-ing, it may cause an accident.

Floor mat

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

211


’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

13


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSKeys and DoorsKeys 14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine immobilizer system 17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Side doors 18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power windows 27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trunk lid 29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hood 34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Theft deterrent system 35. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel tank cap 37. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electric moon roof 38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1− 2

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

14


Your vehicle is supplied with two kindsof keys.

1. Master key—This key works in everylock.

2. Sub key—This key will not work in theglove box, trunk and armrest door inthe rear seat.

To protect items locked in the trunk orglove box when using valet parking, leavethe sub key with the attendant.

Since the doors and trunk lid can belocked without a key, you should alwayscarry a spare master key in case youaccidentally lock your keys inside the ve-hicle.

KEY NUMBER PLATE

Your key number is shown on the plate.Keep the plate in a safe place such asyour wallet, not in the vehicle.

If you should lose your keys or if youneed additional keys, duplicates can bemade by a Toyota dealer using the keynumber.

We recommend writing down the key num-ber and storing it in a safe place.

Your vehicle is supplied with two kindsof keys.

1. Master keys (black)—These keys workin every lock. Your Toyota dealer willneed one of them to make a new keywith a built−in transponder chip.

2. Sub key (gray)—This key will not workin the glove box, trunk and armrestdoor in the rear seat.

A transponder chip for engine immobilizersystem has been placed in the head ofthe master and sub keys. These chips areneeded to enable the system to functioncorrectly, so be careful not to lose thesekeys. If you make your own duplicate key,you will not be able to cancel the systemor start the engine.

Keys (without engineimmobilizer system)

Keys (with engine immobilizersystem)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

15


To protect items locked in the trunk orglove box when using valet parking, leavethe sub key with the attendant.

Since the doors and trunk lid can belocked without a key, you should alwayscarry a spare master key in case youaccidentally lock your keys inside the ve-hicle.

NOTICE

When using a key containing a trans-ponder chip, observe the followingprecautions:

� When starting the engine, do notuse the key with a key ring restingon the key grip and do not pressthe key ring against the key grip.Otherwise the engine may not start,or may stop soon after it starts.

� When starting the engine, do notuse the key with other transponderkeys around (including keys of oth-er vehicles) and do not press otherkey plates against the key grip.Otherwise the engine may not start,or may stop soon after it starts. Ifthis happens, remove the key onceand then insert it again after remov-ing other transponder keys (includ-ing keys of other vehicles) from thering or while gripping or coveringthem with your hand to start theengine.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

16


� Do not bend the key grip.

� Do not cover the key grip with anymaterial that cuts off electromagnet-ic waves.

� Do not knock the key hard againstother objects.

� Do not leave the key exposed tohigh temperatures for a long period,such as on the dashboard and hoodunder direct sunlight.

� Do not put the key in water orwash it in an ultrasonic washer.

� Do not use the key with electromag-netic materials. KEY NUMBER PLATE

Your key number is shown on the plate.Keep the plate in a safe place such asyour wallet, not in the vehicle.

If you should lose your keys or if youneed additional keys, duplicates can bemade by a Toyota dealer using the keynumber.

We recommend writing down the key num-ber and storing it in a safe place.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

17


The engine immobilizer system is atheft prevention system. When you in-sert the key in the ignition switch, thetransponder chip in the key’s headtransmits an electronic code to the ve-hicle. The engine will start only whenthe electronic code in the chip corre-sponds to the registered ID code forthe vehicle.

The system is automatically set when thekey is removed from the ignition switch.The indicator light will start flashing toshow the system is set.

If any of the following indicator conditionsoccurs, contact your Toyota dealer.

� The indicator light stays on exceptwhen the theft deterrent system is set-ting or activating. (See “Theft deterrentsystem” in this Section.)

� The indicator light does not start flash-ing when the key is removed from theignition switch.

� The indicator light flashes inconsistent-ly.

Inserting the registered key in the ignitionswitch automatically cancels the system,which enables the engine to start. Theindicator light will go off.

For your Toyota dealer to make you anew key with built−in transponder chip,your dealer will need your key numberand master key. However, there is a limitto the number of additional keys yourToyota dealer can make for you.

If you make your own duplicate key,you will not be able to cancel the sys-tem or start the engine.

NOTICE

Do not modify, remove or disas-semble the engine immobilizer sys-tem. If any unauthorized changes ormodifications are made, proper opera-tion of the system cannot be guaran-teed.

Engine immobilizer system

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

18


For vehicles sold in U.S.A.

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received, includ-ing interference that may cause unde-sired operation.

CAUTION

Changes or modifications not ex-pressly approved by the party respon-sible for compliance could void theuser’s authority to operate the equip-ment.

For vehicles sold in Canada

This device complies with RSS−210 ofIndustry Canada. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause interfer-ence, and (2) this device must acceptany interference, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation ofthe device.

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITH KEY

Insert the key into the keyhole and turnit.

To lock: Turn the key forward.To unlock: Turn the key backward.

All the doors lock and unlock simulta-neously with either front door. In the driv-er’s door lock, turning the key once willunlock the driver’s door and twice in suc-cession will unlock all the doors simulta-neously.

When all the doors are unlocked simulta-neously with a key or wireless remotecontrol transmitter, the interior lights andignition switch light come on for about 15seconds and then fade out, even if thedoor is not opened. (For further informa-tion, see “Interior light”, “Front personaland interior lights” and “Ignition switchlight” in Section 1−5.)

Side doors—

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

19


LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITHINSIDE LOCK KNOB

Move the lock knob.

To lock: Push the knob forward.To unlock: Pull the knob backward.

The front doors can be opened by pullingthe inside handle even if the lock knobsare in the locked position.

CAUTION

Do not pull the inside handle of thefront doors while driving. The doorswill open and an accident may occur.Toyota strongly recommends that allchildren be placed in the rear seat ofthe vehicle.

Closing the door with the lock knob in thelock position will also lock the door. Becareful not to lock your keys in the ve-hicle.

Doors cannot be locked when either frontdoor is open and the key is in the igni-tion.

If the vehicle is subjected to a severefrontal, rear or side impact with the igni-tion switch turned to the “ON” position, alldoors will unlock automatically after a fewseconds.

Driver’s side

Passenger’s side

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

20


LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITHPOWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH

Push the switch.

To lock: Push the switch down on thefront side. To unlock: Push the switchdown on the rear side.

All the doors lock or unlock simultaneous-ly.

REAR DOOR CHILD−PROTECTORS

Move the lock knob to the “LOCK”position as shown on the label.

When the child−protector is locked, youcannot open the rear door by the insidedoor handle. We recommend using thisfeature whenever small children are in thevehicle.

CAUTION

Before driving, be sure that the doorsare closed and locked, especiallywhen small children are in the ve-hicle. Along with the proper use ofseat belts, locking the doors helpsprevent the driver and passengersfrom being thrown out from the ve-hicle during an accident. It also helpsprevent the doors from being openedunintentionally.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

21


You can select the following modes ofthe automatic locking and unlockingfunctions. The initial mode is mode 1.

� Mode 1—Automatic locking linkedwith the shift position

All doors are automatically locked whenthe selector lever is moved out of the“P” position after the ignition switch isturned to the “ON” position and all thedoors are closed.

� Mode 2—Functions cancelled

Automatic door locking and unlockingfunctions do not activate in this mode.

� Mode 3—Automatic locking and un-locking linked with the shift position

Locking function—All doors are auto-matically locked when the selector le-ver is moved out of the “P” positionafter the ignition switch is turned to the“ON” position and all the doors areclosed.

Unlocking function—All doors are auto-matically unlocked when the selectorlever is moved to the “P” position whenthe ignition switch is turned to the“ON” position.

� Mode 4—Automatic locking and un-locking linked with the shift positionand ignition switch

Locking function—All doors are auto-matically locked when the selector le-ver is moved out of the “P” positionafter the ignition switch is turned to the“ON” position and all the doors areclosed.

Unlocking function—All doors are auto-matically unlocked when the ignitionswitch is turned from the “ON” positionto the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.

CHANGING THE MODE

The mode toggles through from mode1 to mode 4. To change the mode, dothe following:

1. Shift the selector lever into the “P”position and close all doors.

2. Push the power door lock switch onthe rear side to unlock the doors.

3. Turn the ignition switch to the “ON”position.

4. Within 10 seconds after the ignitionswitch is turned to the “ON” position,push and hold the power door lockswitch on the front side for about 5seconds.

5. Open door warning light will flash toindicate that the mode has beenchanged.

The flashing of the open door warninglight indicates the mode which has beenselected.

� Flashing once, the function haschanged to mode 1.

� Flashing twice, the function haschanged to mode 2.

� Flashing three times, the function haschanged to mode 3.

� Flashing four times, the function haschanged to mode 4.

—Automatic door locking andunlocking functions

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

22


Locking operation

Unlocking operation

The wireless remote control system isdesigned to lock or unlock all thedoors, open the trunk lid, or activatethe “PANIC” mode from a distancewithin approximately 1 m (3 ft.) of thevehicle.

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING THEDOORS

To lock or unlock all the doors, pushthe “LOCK” or “UNLOCK” switch of thetransmitter slowly and securely.

To lock: Push the “LOCK” switch. All thedoors are locked simultaneously. At thistime one beep will be heard, and parkinglights, side marker lights, license platelights and tail lights flash once.

Check to see that the doors are securelylocked.

If any of the doors is not securely closed,or if the key is in the ignition switch,locking cannot be performed by the“LOCK” switch and a beep will sound con-tinuously for 10 seconds.

To unlock: Push the “UNLOCK” switchonce to unlock the driver’s door alone.Pushing the switch twice within 3 secondsunlocks all the doors simultaneously. Eachtime the “UNLOCK” switch is pushed, twobeeps will be heard, and the parkinglights, side marker lights, license platelights and tail lights flash twice.

If the ignition key is in the “ON” position,unlocking cannot be performed by the“UNLOCK” switch.

When all the doors are unlocked simulta-neously with a key or wireless remotecontrol transmitter, the interior lights andignition switch light come on for about 15seconds and then fade out, even if thedoor is not opened. (For further informa-tion, see “Interior light”, “Front personaland interior lights” and “Ignition switchlight” in Section 1−5.)

You have 30 seconds to open a door afterusing the wireless remote unlock feature.If a door is not opened by then, all thedoors will be automatically locked again.

If the “LOCK” or “UNLOCK” switch is keptpressed in, the locking or unlocking opera-tion is not repeated. Release the switchand then push again.

—Wireless remote control

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

23


OPENING THE TRUNK LID

To open the trunk lid, push the trunklid open switch of the transmitter for 1second. A long beep will sound.

If the ignition key is in the “ON” position,the trunk lid cannot be opened by thetrunk lid open switch.

To open the trunk lid with the master key,see “Trunk lid” in this Section.

“PANIC” SWITCH

Pushing the “PANIC” switch blows thehorn intermittently and flashes theheadlights, tail lights and interior light.

The “PANIC” switch is used to deter ve-hicle theft when you witness anyone at-tempting to break into or damage yourvehicle.

The alarm will last for one minute. To stopalarm midway, do the following:

� Push the “PANIC” switch once again.

� Unlock any doors with the key or wire-less remote control transmitter.

� Open the trunk lid with the key or wire-less remote control transmitter.

� Turn the key from the “LOCK” to “ON”position.

The “PANIC” mode does not work whenthe ignition key is in the “ON” position.

SWITCHING BEEP SOUND ON AND OFF

You can switch the beep sound on andoff. (The beep sound is on initially andafter battery replacement.)

To switch the beep sound on and off:

With the driver’s door opened—

1. Insert the ignition key and remove it.

2. Within 5 seconds, insert the ignitionkey again and turn it to the “ON” posi-tion.

3. After 10 seconds, push the same“LOCK”, “UNLOCK”, “PANIC” or trunklid open switch twice within 10 sec-onds.Two beep sounds inform you that theprogram has been switched on or off.

If this procedure is not followed exactly,the beep sound will not operate as ex-pected.

Check the beep sound ON/OFF operationby pushing the transmitter switch after youfinish this procedure. If the beep does notoperate as expected, repeat this proce-dure from step 1.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

24


WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLTRANSMITTER

The wireless remote control transmitter isan electronic component. Observe the fol-lowing instructions in order not to causedamage to the transmitter.

� Do not leave the transmitter in placeswhere the temperature becomes highsuch as on the dashboard.

� Do not disassemble it.

� Avoid knocking it hard against otherobjects or dropping it.

� Avoid putting it in water.

You can use up to 4 wireless remote con-trol transmitters for the same vehicle.Contact your Toyota dealer for detailedinformation.

If the wireless remote control transmitterdoes not actuate the doors or trunk lid, oroperate from a normal distance:

� Check for closeness to a radio trans-mitter such as a radio station or anairport which can interfere with normaloperation of the transmitter.

� The battery may have been consumed.Check the battery in the transmitter. Toreplace the battery, see following“REPLACING TRANSMITTERBATTERY”.

If you lose your transmitter, contact yourToyota dealer as soon as possible toavoid the possibility of theft, or an acci-dent. (See “If you lose your wireless re-mote control transmitter” in Section 4.)

For vehicles sold in U.S.A.

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received, includ-ing interference that may cause unde-sired operation.

NOTICE:This equipment has been tested andfound to comply with the limits for aClass B digital device, pursuant to Part15 of the FCC Rules. These limits aredesigned to provide reasonable protec-tion against harmful interference in aresidential installation. This equipmentgenerates, uses and can radiate radiofrequency energy and, if not installedand used in accordance with the instruc-tions, may cause harmful interference toradio communications. However, thereis no guarantee that interference will notoccur in a particular installation. If thisequipment does cause harmful interfer-ence to radio or television reception,which can be determined by turning theequipment off and on, the user is en-couraged to try to correct the interfer-ence by one or more of the followingmeasures:

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

25


� Reorient or relocate the receiving an-tenna.

� Increase the separation between theequipment and receiver.

� Connect the equipment into an outleton a circuit different from that towhich the receiver is connected.

� Consult the dealer or an experiencedradio/TV technician for help.

FCC WARNING:Changes or modifications not ex-pressly approved by the party respon-sible for compliance could void theuser’s authority to operate the equip-ment.

For vehicles sold in Canada

Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:

(1) this device may not cause interfer-ence, and (2) this device must acceptany interference, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation ofthe device.

REPLACING TRANSMITTER BATTERY

For replacement, use a CR2016 lithiumbattery or equivalent.

CAUTION

Special care should be taken to pre-vent small children from swallowingthe removed transmitter battery orcomponents.

NOTICE

� When replacing the transmitter bat-tery, be careful not to lose the com-ponents.

� Replace only with the same orequivalent type recommended by aToyota dealer.

� Dispose of used batteries accordingto the local laws.

Replace the transmitter battery by follow-ing these procedures:

1. Using a coin or equivalent, open thetransmitter case.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

26


2. Remove the discharged transmitter bat-tery by ballpoint pen. Insert the tip ofballpoint pen at the guide groove andlift as shown in the above illustration.

NOTICE

Do not bend the terminals.

3. Put in a new transmitter battery withpositive (+) side up.

Close the transmitter case securely.

NOTICE

� Make sure the positive side andnegative side of the transmitter bat-tery are faced correctly.

� Do not replace the battery with wethands. Water may cause unexpectedrust.

� Do not touch or move any compo-nents inside the transmitter, or itmay interfere with proper operation.

� Be careful not to bend the electrodewhen inserting the transmitter bat-tery and that dust or oils do notadhere to the transmitter case.

� Close the transmitter case securely.

After replacing the battery, check that thetransmitter operates properly. If the trans-mitter still does not operate properly, con-tact your Toyota dealer.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

27


The windows can be operated with theswitch on each door.

The power windows work when the ignitionswitch is in the “ON” position.

Key off operation: All windows work for43 seconds even after the ignition switchis turned off. They stop working when ei-ther front door is opened.

OPERATING THE DRIVER’S WINDOW

Use the switch on the driver’s door.

Normal operation: The window moves aslong as you hold the switch.

To open: Lightly push down the switch.To close: Lightly pull up the switch.

Automatic operation: Push the switchcompletely down or pull it completely up,and then release it. The window will fullyopen or close. To stop the window part-way, lightly move the switch in the oppo-site direction and then release it.

Jam protection function: During automat-ic closing operation or key off closing op-eration, the window stops and opens halfway if something gets caught between thewindow and window frame.

If the window receives a strong impact,this function may work even if nothing iscaught.

CAUTION

� Never try jamming any part of yourbody to activate the jam protectionfunction intentionally.

� The jam protection function maynot work if something gets caughtjust before the window is fullyclosed.

Power windows

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

28


Windowlock switch

OPERATING THE PASSENGERS’WINDOWS

Use the switches on the passengers’doors. The driver’s door also hasswitches that control the passengers’windows.

The window moves as long as you holdthe switch.

To open: Push down the switch.To close: Pull up the switch.

If you push in the window lock switch onthe driver’s door, the passengers’ windowscannot be operated.

CAUTION

To avoid serious personal injury, youmust do the following.

� Before you close the power win-dows, always make sure there isnobody around the power windows.You must also make sure theheads, hands and other parts of thebodies of all occupants are keptcompletely inside the vehicle. Ifsomeone’s neck, head or hands getcaught in a closing window, itcould result in a serious injury.When anyone closes the power win-dows, make sure he or she oper-ates the windows safely.

� When small children are in the ve-hicle, never let them use the powerwindow switches without supervi-sion. Use the window lock switch toprevent them from making unex-pected use of the switches.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

29


� Be sure to remove the ignition keywhen you leave your vehicle.

� Never leave anyone (particularly asmall child) alone in your vehicle,especially with the ignition key stillinserted. Otherwise, he/she coulduse the power window switches andget trapped in a window. Unat-tended person (particularly a smallchild) can be involved in a seriousaccident.

To open the trunk lid from the outside,insert the master key and turn it clock-wise.

See “Cargo and luggage” in Section 2 forprecautions when loading luggage.

To close the trunk lid, lower it and pressdown on it. After closing the trunk lid, trypulling it up to make sure it is securelyclosed.

Vehicles with wireless remote control sys-tem—The trunk lid can be opened with thewireless remote control transmitter, see“—Wireless remote control” in this Sec-tion.

CAUTION

Keep the trunk lid closed while driv-ing. This not only keeps the luggagefrom being thrown out but also pre-vents exhaust gases from enteringthe vehicle.

Trunk lid (lock release lever type)—

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

30


To open the trunk lid from the driver’sseat, pull up on the lock release lever.

To deactivate this lock release lever fromopening the trunk lid, see “—Luggage se-curity system” described below.

This system deactivates the lock re-lease lever so that things locked in thetrunk can be protected.

1. After closing the armrest door, insertthe master key and turn it clockwiseto lock the armrest door.

2. After closing the trunk lid, insert themaster key and turn it counterclock-wise to deactivate the lock releaselever.

After closing the trunk lid, try pulling it upto make sure it is securely locked.

—Lock release lever —Luggage security system

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

31


If a person is locked in the trunk,he/she can pull down the phosphores-cent handle on the inside of trunk lidto open the trunk lid.

The phosphorescent (glow−in−the−dark)handle will continue to glow for a timeafter the trunk lid is closed. Exposing thehandle to stronger light will cause it toglow longer.

CAUTION

� Always lock the trunk lid and alldoors, and keep away the vehiclekeys out of children’s reach.

� Never leave children unattended inthe vehicle. Unsupervised childrenmay lock themselves in the vehicleor trunk and suffer serious injuriesor death.

To open the trunk lid from the outside,insert the master key and turn it clock-wise.


To close the trunk lid, lower it and pressdown on it. After closing the trunk lid, trypulling it up to make sure it is securelyclosed.

Vehicles with wireless remote control sys-tem—The trunk lid can be opened with thewireless remote control transmitter, see“—Wireless remote control” in this Sec-tion.

—Internal trunk release handleTrunk lid (lock release switch type)—

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

32


CAUTION

Keep the trunk lid closed while driv-ing. This not only keeps the luggagefrom being thrown out but also pre-vents exhaust gases from enteringthe vehicle.

To open the trunk lid from the driver’sseat, push the lock release switch.

To deactivate this lock release switch fromopening the trunk lid, see “—Trunk openermain switch” described below.

On Off

If you do not want to activate the trunklid opener system, turn off the trunkopener main switch in the glove box.To turn it on, push in the trunk openermain switch.

—Lock release switch —Trunk opener main switch

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

33


This system helps protect things lockedin the trunk by safeguarding the trunkopener main switch from unwanted ac-cess.

1. To cancel the lock release switch,turn off the trunk opener mainswitch in the glove box.

2. After closing the glove box lid, in-sert the master key into the glovebox lock and turn it clockwise tosafeguard the lock release switch.

3. After closing the armrest door, insertthe master key and turn it clockwiseto lock the armrest door.

After closing the trunk lid, try pulling it upto make sure it is securely locked.

—Luggage security system

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

34


If a person is locked in the trunk,he/she can pull down the phosphores-cent handle on the inside of trunk lidto open the trunk lid.

The phosphorescent (glow−in−the−dark)handle will continue to glow for a timeafter the trunk lid is closed. Exposing thehandle to stronger light will cause it toglow longer.

CAUTION

� Always lock the trunk lid and alldoors, and keep away the vehiclekeys out of children’s reach.

� Never leave children unattended inthe vehicle. Unsupervised childrenmay lock themselves in the vehicleor trunk and suffer serious injuriesor death.

To open the hood:

1. Pull the hood lock release lever. Thehood will spring up slightly.

CAUTION

Before driving, be sure that the hoodis closed and securely locked. Other-wise, the hood may open unexpected-ly while driving and an accident mayoccur.

—Internal trunk release handle Hood

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

35


2. In front of the vehicle, pull up theauxiliary catch lever and lift thehood.

Before closing the hood, check to see thatyou have not forgotten any tools, rags,etc. Then lower the hood and make sureit locks into place. If necessary, pressdown gently on the front edge to lock it.

To deter vehicle theft, the system isdesigned to sound an alarm if any ofthe doors, trunk or hood is forcibly un-locked or the battery terminal is discon-nected and then reconnected when thevehicle is locked.

The alarm blows the horn intermittentlyand flashes the headlights, tail lights andinterior light.

SETTING THE SYSTEM

1. Turn the ignition key to the “LOCK”position and remove it.

The indicator light will start flashing whenthe key is removed from the ignitionswitch. (See “Engine immobilizer system”for details.)

2. Have all passengers get out of thevehicle.

3. Close and lock all the doors, trunk andhood.

The indicator light will remain on when allthe doors, trunk and hood are closed andlocked.

Theft deterrent system

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

36


The system will automatically be set after30 seconds. When the system is set, theindicator light will start flashing again.

4. After making sure the indicator lightstarts flashing, you may leave the ve-hicle.

Never leave anyone in the vehicle whenyou set the system, because unlockingfrom the inside will activate the system.

WHEN THE SYSTEM IS SET

Activating the system

The system will sound the alarm underthe following conditions:

� If any of the doors is unlocked or ifthe trunk or hood is forcibly openedwithout the key or wireless remote con-trol transmitter.

� If the battery terminal is disconnectedand then reconnected.

� If the ignition is hotwired.

The indicator light will come on when thesystem is activated.

If any of the doors is unlocked without thekey or wireless remote control transmitterand the key is not in the ignition switch,all the doors will be automatically lockedagain.

After one minute, the alarm will automati-cally stop and the indicator light will startflashing again.

Reactivating the alarm

Once set, the system automatically resetsthe alarm after the alarm stops.

The alarm will activate again under thesame circumstances described in“Activating the system”.

Stopping the alarm

The alarm will be stopped by the followingthree ways:

� Turn the ignition key from the “LOCK”to “ON” position.

� Unlock any of the doors with the keyor wireless remote control transmitter.

� Open the trunk with the key or wirelessremote control transmitter.

CANCELLING THE SYSTEM

The system will be cancelled by theabove mentioned 3 ways.

If the tail lights come on for 2 seconds,the theft deterrent system has beenalarmed. Check to see if there is anyabnormality with your vehicle.

TESTING THE SYSTEM

1. Open all the windows.

2. Set the system as described above.The doors should be locked with thekey or wireless remote control transmit-ter. Be sure to wait until the indicatorlight starts flashing.

3. Unlock any door from the inside. Thesystem should activate the alarm.

4. Stop the alarm as described above.

5. Repeat this operation for the otherdoors, trunk and hood. When testingthe hood, also check that the systemis activated when the battery terminalis disconnected and then reconnected.

If the system does not work properly,have it checked by your Toyota dealer.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

37


This indicates that the fuel filler dooris on the left side of your vehicle.

1. To open the fuel filler door, pull thelever up.

When refueling, turn off the engine.

CAUTION

� Do not smoke, cause sparks or al-low open flames when refueling.The fumes are flammable.

� When opening the cap, do not re-move the cap quickly. In hot weath-er, fuel under pressure could causeinjury by spraying out of the fillerneck if the cap is suddenly re-moved.

2. To remove the fuel tank cap, turnthe cap slowly counterclockwise,then pause slightly before removingit. After removing the cap, hang iton the cap hanger.

It is not unusual to hear a slight swooshwhen the cap is opened. When installing,turn the cap clockwise till you hear aclick.

If the cap is not tightened securely, themalfunction indicator lamp comes on.Make sure the cap is tightened securely.

The indicator lamp goes off after drivingseveral times. If the indicator lamp doesnot go off, contact your Toyota dealer assoon as possible.

Fuel tank cap

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

38


CAUTION

� Make sure the cap is tightened se-curely to prevent fuel spillage inthe event of an accident.

� Use only a genuine Toyota fuel tankcap for replacement. It is designedto regulate fuel tank pressure.

Sliding operation

Tilting operation

To operate the moon roof, use theswitch beside the front personal lights.

The moon roof works when the ignitionswitch is in the “ON” position.

The sun shade can be opened or closedby hand.

Sliding operation—

To open: Push the switch on the “SLIDEOPEN” side.

The roof will open and stop partway 10mm (0.4 in.) from the fully opened posi-tion. When you push “SLIDE OPEN” sideagain, the moon roof will open fully. Tostop the roof partway, push the switch oneither the “SLIDE OPEN” or “TILT UP”side briefly while the roof is moving.

As driving with the moon roof opened fullywill cause wind throbs, we recommendyou to drive with the moon roof partway10 mm (0.4 in.) from the fully openedposition.

The sun shade will be opened togetherwith the roof.

To close: Push the switch on the “TILTUP” side.

The roof will fully close. To stop the roofpartway, push the switch on either the“SLIDE OPEN” or “TILT UP” side briefly.

Electric moon roof

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

39


Tilting operation—

To tilt up: Push the switch on the “TILTUP” side.

You may stop the moon roof at any de-sired position. The roof will move whilethe switch is being pushed and stop whenreleased.

To tilt down: Push the switch on the“SLIDE OPEN” side.

Key off operation: If both front doors areclosed, it works for 43 seconds even afterthe ignition switch is turned off. It stopsworking when either front door is opened.

Jam protection function (closing opera-tion only): If something gets caught be-tween the moon roof and frame duringclosing operation, the moon roof stops andopens half way.

If the moon roof receives a strong impact,this function may work even if nothing iscaught.

CAUTION

To avoid serious personal injury, youmust do the following.

� While the vehicle is moving, alwayskeep the heads, hands and otherparts of the bodies of all occupantsaway from the roof opening. Other-wise, they could be seriously in-jured if the vehicle stops suddenlyor if the vehicle is involved in anaccident.

� Before you close the moon roof,always make sure there is nobodyaround the moon roof. You mustalso make sure nobody places hisor her head, hands and other partsof the body in the roof opening. Ifsomeone’s neck, head or hands getcaught in the closing roof, it couldresult in a serious injury. Whenanyone closes the moon roof, firstmake sure it is safe to do so.

� Be sure to remove the ignition keywhen you leave your vehicle.

� Never leave anyone (particularly asmall child) alone in your vehicle,especially with the ignition key stillinserted. Otherwise, he/she coulduse the moon roof switches and gettrapped in the roof opening. Unat-tended person (particularly a smallchild) can be involved in a seriousaccident.

� Never sit on top of the vehiclearound the roof opening.

� Never try jamming any part of yourbody to activate the jam protectionfunction intentionally.

� The jam protection function maynot work if something gets caughtjust before the moon roof is fullyclosed.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

40


’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

41


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSOccupant restraint systemsSeats 42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front seats 42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Driving position memory system 46. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trunk storage extension 48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Head restraints 49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Armrest 49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seat heaters 50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seat belts 51. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SRS driver airbag and front passenger airbag 61. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SRS side airbags 68. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Child restraint 73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1− 3

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

42


While the vehicle is being driven, all ve-hicle occupants should have the seatbackupright, sit well back in the seat and prop-erly wear the seat belts provided.

CAUTION

� Do not drive the vehicle unless theoccupants are properly seated. Donot allow any passengers to sit ontop of a folded−down seatback, orin the luggage compartment or car-go area. Persons not properlyseated and/or not properly re-strained by seat belts can be se-verely injured in the event of emer-gency braking or a collision.

� During driving, do not allow anypassengers to stand up or movearound between seats. Otherwise,severe injuries can occur in theevent of emergency braking or acollision.

Driver seat

CAUTION

The SRS driver airbag deploys withconsiderable force, and can causedeath or serious injury especially ifthe driver is very close to the airbag.The National Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration (“NHTSA”) advises:

Since the risk zone for driver airbagis the first 50—75 mm (2—3 in.) ofinflation, placing yourself 250 mm (10in.) from your driver airbag providesyou with a clear margin of safety.This distance is measured from thecenter of the steering wheel to yourbreastbone. If you sit less than 250mm (10 in.) away now, you canchange your driving position in sever-al ways:

� Move your seat to the rear as faras you can while still reaching thepedals comfortably.

� Slightly recline the back of theseat. Although vehicle designs vary,many drivers can achieve the 250mm (10 in.) distance, even with thedriver seat all the way forward, sim-ply by reclining the back of theseat somewhat. If reclining the backof your seat makes it hard to seethe road, raise yourself by using afirm, non−slippery cushion, or raisethe seat if your vehicle has thatfeature.

� If your steering wheel is adjustable,tilt it downward. This points the air-bag toward your chest instead ofyour head and neck.

The seat should be adjusted as rec-ommended by NHTSA above, whilestill maintaining control of the footpedals, steering wheel, and your viewof the instrument panel controls.

SeatsFront seats——Front seat precautions

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

43


Front outside passenger seat

CAUTION

The SRS front passenger airbag alsodeploys with considerable force, andcan cause death or serious injury es-pecially if the front passenger is veryclose to the airbag. The front passen-ger seat should be as far from theairbag as possible with the seatbackadjusted, so the front passenger sitsupright.

Front seats

CAUTION

SRS side airbags are installed in theoutboard side of the driver’s andfront passenger seats. Observe thefollowing precautions.

� Do not lean against the front doorwhen the vehicle is in use, sincethe side airbag inflates with consid-erable speed and force. Otherwise,you may be killed or seriously in-jured.

� Do not use seat accessories whichcover the area where the side air-bags inflate. Such accessories mayprevent the side airbags from acti-vating correctly, causing death orserious injury.

� Do not modify or replace the seatsor upholstery of the seats with sideairbags. Such change may preventthe side airbag system from activat-ing correctly, disable the system orcause the side airbag system to in-flate accidentally, resulting in deathor serious injury.

CAUTION

� Do not adjust the seat while thevehicle is moving as the seat mayunexpectedly move and cause thedriver to lose control of the vehicle.

� Be careful that the seat does nothit a passenger or luggage.

� After adjusting the seat position, re-lease the lever and try sliding theseat forward and backward to makesure it is locked in position.

� After adjusting the seatback, pushyour body back against the seat tomake sure the seat is locked inposition.

� Do not put objects under the seats.Otherwise, the objects may interferewith the seat−lock mechanism orunexpectedly push up the seat posi-tion adjusting lever and the seatmay suddenly move, causing thedriver to lose control of the vehicle.

� While adjusting the seat, do not putyour hands under the seat or nearthe moving parts. Otherwise, yourhands or fingers may be caught andinjured.

—Seat adjustment precautions

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

44


1. SEAT POSITION ADJUSTING LEVER

Hold the center of the lever and pull itup. Then slide the seat to the desiredposition with slight body pressure andrelease the lever.

2. SEAT CUSHION ANGLE ADJUSTINGKNOB

Turn the knob either way.

3. SEATBACK ANGLE ADJUSTINGLEVER

Lean forward and pull the lever up.Then lean back to the desired angleand release the lever.

CAUTION

To reduce the risk of sliding underthe lap belt during a collision, avoidreclining the seatback any more thanneeded. The seat belts provide maxi-mum protection in a frontal or rearcollision when the driver and thefront passenger are sitting up straightand well back in the seats. If you arereclined, the lap belt may slide pastyour hips and apply restraint forcesdirectly to the abdomen. In the eventof a frontal collision, the more theseat is reclined, the greater the riskof personal injury.

—Adjusting front seats(manual seat)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

45


1. SEAT POSITION AND SEAT CUSHIONANGLE ADJUSTING SWITCH

Move the control switch in the desireddirection.

Releasing the switch will stop the seat atthat position.

Do not place anything under the frontseats, as this might interfere with the seatmovement.

2. SEATBACK ANGLE ADJUSTINGSWITCH

Move the control switch in the desireddirection.

Releasing the switch will stop the seat-back at that position.

CAUTION

To reduce the risk of sliding underthe lap belt during a collision, avoidreclining the seatback any more thanneeded. The seat belts provide maxi-mum protection in a frontal or rearcollision when the driver and thefront passenger are sitting up straightand well back in the seats. If you arereclined, the lap belt may slide pastyour hips and apply restraint forcesdirectly to the abdomen. In the eventof a frontal collision, the more theseat is reclined, the greater the riskof personal injury.

3. SEAT LUMBAR SUPPORTADJUSTING SWITCH

Push the switch on either side.

The amount of lumbar support will changewhile the switch is pushed.

—Adjusting front seats (powerseat)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

46


The micro computer can memorize theposition of the driver’s seat and outsiderear view mirror. Two different drivingposition profiles can be entered intocomputer’s memory.

Recording a driving position in thecomputer’s memory can only be donewhen the ignition key is in the “ON”position and the automatic transmissionselector lever is in the “P” position.

SETTING THE DRIVING POSITION

1. Adjust the driver’s seat and outsiderear view mirror to the desired posi-tion.

2. While pushing the “SET” button,push button “1” or “2” until the sig-nal beeps.

The beep sound means that the positionsare recorded in the computer’s memory.

By repeating these two steps and pressingthe remaining button, the driving positionfor another driver can be recorded.

To set a new memorized position, selectthe desired position and perform step 2.The previous memory will be erased anda new position will be set.

To make only slight changes to an alreadymemorized position, the easiest way is tofirst activate the memorized position, thenmake the desired changes and performstep 2 above.

Driving position memorysystem

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

47


RECALLING THE MEMORIZED POSITION

When you push button “1” or “2”, thedriving position will be automaticallyadjusted to the position recorded forthat button.

CONDITIONS FOR MEMORIZEDPOSITION ACTIVATION

� Ignition key “ON” and shift lever in “P”positionAll parts of the memorized positionscan be activated. However, if the brakepedal is being depressed, the seatposition will not change.

� Key not in ignition switch and within 30seconds of opening driver’s doorThe memorized position can be acti-vated.

If any driving position memory switch ispushed while one of the memorized driv-ing position profiles is being activated, theoperation will stop.

To reactivate the system, push the desiredbutton (“1” or “2”) again.

The driving position memory control sys-tem cannot be operated while the vehicleis moving.

If the vehicle’s battery is disconnected,the computer’s memory will be erased andthe memorized position will have to be setagain.

CAUTION

� Do not start the vehicle while theadjustment are being made.

� Take care not to select the wrongbutton, or the seat could strike therear passenger or hit your bodyagainst the steering wheel. If thishappens, you can stop the move-ment by pressing another drivingposition memory switch, or de-pressing the brake pedal.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

48


1. Pull down the armrest in the rearseat.

2. Push down the handle of the armrestdoor and open the armrest door.

Access to the trunk can be prevented bylocking the armrest door with the masterkey.

To lock, turn the key clockwise.


CAUTION

Be sure to close the door when thetrunk storage extension is not in use.Luggage or cargo in the trunk may bethrown into the passenger compart-ment in a sudden stop or crash re-sulting in injury.

Trunk storage extension

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

49


Front

Rear

For your safety and comfort, adjust thehead restraint before driving.

To raise: Pull it up.To lower: Push it down while pressing thelock release button.

Rear center head restraint—When an oc-cupant sits on the rear center seat, al-ways pull up the rear center head re-straint to the lock position.

The head restraint is most effective whenit is close to your head. Therefore, usinga cushion on the seatback is not recom-mended.

CAUTION

� Adjust the center of the head re-straint so that it is closest to thetop of your ears.

� After adjusting the head restraint,make sure it is locked in position.

� Do not drive with the head re-straints removed.

Front (bench type front seat only)

Rear

Head restraints Armrest

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

50


Front—To use the armrest, pull up thestrap and pull down the armrest asshown above.

Rear—To use the armrest, pull it downas shown above.

For driver

For front outside passenger

To turn on the seat heater, push theswitch.

At this time, the indicator light will illu-minate to indicate the seat heater isoperating.

The key must be in the “ON” position tooperate seat heaters.

Pushing the switch again will turn it off.

CAUTION

Occupants must use caution when op-erating the seat heater because itmay make them feel too hot or causeburns at low temperatures (erythema,varicella). Use extra caution for;

� Babies, small children, elderly per-sons, sick persons or persons withphysical disabilities

� Persons who have delicate skin

� Persons who are exhausted

� Persons who have taken alcohol ordrugs which induce sleep (sleepingdrug, cold remedy, etc.)

To prevent the seat overheating, donot use the seat heater with a blan-ket, cushion, or other insulating ob-jects which cover the seat.

Seat heaters

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

51


NOTICE

� Do not put unevenly weighed ob-jects on the seat and do not sticksharp objects (needles, nails, etc.)into the seat.

� When cleaning the seats, do notuse organic substances (paint thin-ner, benzine, alcohol, gasoline,etc.). They may damage the heaterand seat surface.

� To prevent the battery from beingdischarge, turn the switch off whenthe engine is not running.

Toyota strongly urges that the driver andpassengers in the vehicle be properly re-strained at all times with the seat beltsprovided. Failure to do so could increasethe chance of injury and/or the severity ofinjury in accidents.

The seat belts provided for your vehicleare designed for people of adult size,large enough to properly wear them.

Child. Use a child restraint system ap-propriate for the child until the child be-comes large enough to properly wear thevehicle’s seat belts. See “Child restraint”in this Section for details.

If a child is too large for a child restraintsystem, the child should sit in the rearseat and must be restrained using thevehicle’s seat belt. According to accidentstatistics, the child is safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seat than in thefront seat.

If a child must sit in the front seat, theseat belts should be worn properly. If anaccident occurs and the seat belts are notworn properly, the force of the rapid infla-tion of the airbag may cause death orserious injury to the child.

Do not allow any children to stand up orkneel on either rear or front seats. Anunrestrained child could suffer serious in-jury or death during emergency braking ora collision. Also, do not let the child siton your lap. Holding a child in your armsdoes not provide sufficient restraint.

Pregnant woman. Toyota recommends theuse of a seat belt. Ask your doctor forspecific recommendations. The lap beltshould be worn securely and as low aspossible over the hips and not on thewaist.

Injured person. Toyota recommends theuse of a seat belt. Depending on the inju-ry, first check with your doctor for specificrecommendations.

Seat belts——Seat belt precautions

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

52


CAUTION

Persons should ride in their seatsproperly wearing their seat beltswhenever the vehicle is moving.Otherwise, they are much more likelyto suffer serious bodily injury ordeath in the event of sudden brakingor a collision.

When using the seat belts, observethe following:

� Use the belt for only one person ata time. Do not use a single belt fortwo or more people—even children.

� To reduce the risk of sliding underthe lap belt during a collision,avoid reclining the seatback anymore than needed. The seat beltsprovide maximum protection in afrontal or rear collision when thedriver and the front passenger aresitting up straight and well back inthe seats. If you are reclined, thelap belt may slide past your hipsand apply restraint forces directlyto the abdomen. In the event of afrontal collision, the more the seatis reclined, the greater the risk ofpersonal injury.

� Be careful not to damage the beltwebbing or hardware. Take care thatthey do not get caught or pinchedin the seat or doors.

� Inspect the belt system periodically.Check for cuts, fraying, and looseparts. Damaged parts should be re-placed. Do not disassemble ormodify the system.

� Keep the belts clean and dry. Ifthey need cleaning, use a mild soapsolution or lukewarm water. Neveruse bleach, dye, or abrasive clean-ers, or allow them to come intocontact with the belt—they may se-verely weaken the belts. (See“Cleaning the interior” in Section5.)

� Replace the belt assembly (includ-ing bolts) if it has been used in asevere impact. The entire assemblyshould be replaced even if damageis not obvious.

Tab

Buckle

Adjust the seat as needed and sit upstraight and well back in the seat. Tofasten your belt, pull it out of the re-tractor and insert the tab into thebuckle.

You will hear a click when the tab locksinto the buckle.

The seat belt length automatically adjuststo your size and the seat position.

The retractor will lock the belt during asudden stop or on impact. It also maylock if you lean forward too quickly. Aslow, easy motion will allow the belt toextend, and you can move around freely.

—Fastening front outside andrear seat belts (3−point type)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

53


When a passenger’s shoulder belt is com-pletely extended and is then retractedeven slightly, the belt is locked in thatposition and cannot be extended. This fea-ture is used to hold the child restraintsystem securely. (For details, see “Childrestraint” in this Section.) To free the beltagain, fully retract the belt and then pullthe belt out once more.

If the seat belt cannot be pulled out of theretractor, firmly pull the belt and releaseit. You will then be able to smoothly pullthe belt out of the retractor.

CAUTION

� After inserting the tab, make surethe tab and buckle are locked andthat the belt is not twisted.

� Do not insert coins, clips, etc. inthe buckle as this may prevent youfrom properly latching the tab andbuckle.

� If the seat belt does not functionnormally, immediately contact yourToyota dealer. Do not use the seatuntil the seat belt is fixed, becauseit cannot protect an adult occupantor your child from injury.

Take upslack

Too high

Keep as low onhips as possible

Adjust the position of the lap andshoulder belts.

Position the lap belt as low as possibleon your hips—not on your waist, then ad-just it to a snug fit by pulling the shoulderportion upward through the latch plate.

CAUTION

� Both high−positioned lap belts andloose−fitting belts could cause seri-ous injuries due to sliding underthe lap belt during a collision orother unintended event. Keep thelap belt positioned as low on hipsas possible.

� Do not place the shoulder belt un-der your arm.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

54


Seat belts with an adjustable shoulderanchor—

Adjust the shoulder anchor position toyour size.

To raise: Slide the anchor up.To lower: Push in the lock release buttonand slide the anchor down.

After adjustment, make sure the anchor islocked in position.

CAUTION

Always make sure the shoulder beltis positioned across the center ofyour shoulder. The belt should bekept away from your neck, but notfalling off your shoulder. Failure todo so could reduce the amount ofprotection in an accident and causeserious injuries in a collision.

To release the belt, press the bucklerelease button and allow the belt toretract.

If the belt does not retract smoothly, pullit out and check for kinks or twists. Thenmake sure it remains untwisted as it re-tracts.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

55


Lengthen

Sit up straight and well back in theseat. To fasten your belt, insert the tabinto the buckle.


If the belt is not long enough for you, holdthe tab at a right angle to the belt andpull on the tab.

CAUTION

� After inserting the tab, make surethe tab and buckle are locked andthat the belt is not twisted.


� If the seat belt does not functionnormally, immediately contact yourToyota dealer. Do not use the seatuntil the seat belt is fixed. It cannotprotect an adult occupant or yourchild from injury.

Too high

Adjust toa snug fit

Keep as low on hips as possible

Remove excess length of the belt andadjust the belt position.

To shorten the belt, pull the free end ofthe belt.

Position the lap belt as low as possibleon your hips—not on your waist, then ad-just it to a snug fit.

CAUTION

Both high−positioned and loose−fit-ting lap belts could cause serious in-juries due to sliding under the lapbelt during a collision or other unin-tended result. Keep the lap belt posi-tioned as low on hips as possible.

—Fastening front center seatbelt (2−point type)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

56


To release the belt, press the bucklerelease button.

The front center seat belt can bestowed when not in use.

If your seat belts cannot be fastened se-curely because they are not long enough,a personalized seat belt extender is avail-able from your Toyota dealer free ofcharge.

Please contact your local Toyota dealer toorder the proper required length for theextender. Bring the heaviest coat you ex-pect to wear for proper measurement andselection of length. Additional ordering in-formation is available at your Toyota deal-er.

CAUTION

When using the seat belt extender,observe the following precautions.Failure to follow these instructionscould reduce the effectiveness of theseat belt restraint system in case ofan accident, increasing the chance ofpersonal injury.

� Remember that the extender pro-vided for you may not be safe whenused on a different vehicle, foranother person or at a differentseating position, than the one origi-nally intended.

—Stowing the front centerseat belt —Seat belt extender

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

57


� If the seat belt extender has beenconnected to the driver’s seat beltbuckle without wearing the seat beltwhen using the extender in thedriver’s seat, the SRS driver’s air-bag system will judge that the driv-er wears the seat belt even if notwearing it. In this case, the driver’sairbag may not activate correctly,causing death or serious injury inthe event of collision. Be sure towear the seat belt with the seat beltextender.

� Be sure to wear the seat belt with-out the seat belt extender if youcan fasten the seat belt without theextender.

� Do not use the seat belt extenderwhen installing a child restraintsystem on the front or rear passen-ger seat. If installing a child re-straint system with the seat beltextender connected to the seat belt,the seat belt will not securely holdthe child restraint system, whichcould cause death or serious injuryto the child or other passengers inthe event of collision.

To connect the extender to the seatbelt, insert the tab into the seat beltbuckle so that the “PRESS” signs onthe buckle release buttons of the ex-tender and the seat belt are both facingoutward as shown.


When releasing the seat belt, press onthe buckle release button on the extender,not on the seat belt. This helps preventdamage to the vehicle interior and extend-er itself.

When not in use, remove the extenderand store in the vehicle for future use.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

58


CAUTION

� After inserting the tab, make surethe tab and buckle are locked andthat the lap and shoulder portion ofthe belt and the seat belt extenderare not twisted.


� If the seat belt does not functionnormally, immediately contact yourToyota dealer. Do not use the seatuntil the seat belt is fixed, becauseit cannot protect an adult occupantor your child from injury.

The driver and front outside passengerseat belt pretensioners are designed tobe activated in response to a severefrontal impact.

When the sensor detects a severe frontalimpact, the front outside seat belts arequickly drawn back by the retractors sothat the belts snugly restrain the occu-pants.

The front outside seat belt pretensionersare activated even with no passenger inthe front outside seat.

The front outside seat belt pretensionersand SRS airbags may not operate togetherin all collisions.

Collisions occurring at certain speeds andangles may cause the seat belt preten-sioners and SRS airbags not to operateall together.

—Seat belt pretensioners

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

59


The front outside seat belt pretensionersystem consists mainly of the followingcomponents and their locations are shownin the illustration.

1. Front airbag sensors

2. SRS warning light

3. Seat belt pretensioner assemblies

4. Airbag sensor assembly

The front outside seat belt pretensionersare controlled by the airbag sensor as-sembly. The airbag sensor assembly con-sists of a safing sensor and airbag sen-sor.

When the front outside seat belt preten-sioners are activated, an operating noisemay be heard and a small amount of non−toxic gas may be released. This does notindicate that a fire is occurring. This gasis normally harmless.

Once the front outside seat belt preten-sioners have been activated, the seat beltretractors remain locked.

CAUTION

Do not modify, remove, strike or openthe front seat belt pretensioner as-semblies, airbag sensor or surround-ing area or wiring. Failure to followthese instructions may prevent thefront outside seat belt pretensionersfrom activating correctly, cause sud-den operation of the system or dis-able the system, which could result indeath or serious injury. Consult yourToyota dealer about any repair andmodification.

NOTICE

Do not perform any of the followingchanges without consulting yourToyota dealer. Such changes caninterfere with proper operation of thefront outside seat belt pretensionersin some cases.

� Installation of electronic devicessuch as a mobile two−way radio,cassette tape player or compactdisc player

� Repairs on or near the front seatbelt retractor assemblies

� Modification of the suspension sys-tem

� Modification of the front end struc-ture

� Attachment of a grille guard (bullbar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow,winches or any other equipment tothe front end

� Repairs made on or near the frontfenders, front end structure or con-sole

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

60


This indicator comes on when the igni-tion key is turned to the “ON” position.It goes off after about 6 seconds. Thismeans the front outside seat belt pre-tensioners are operating properly.

This warning light system monitors theairbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-sors, side airbag sensors, driver’s seatposition sensor, driver’s seat belt buckleswitch, front seat belt pretensioner assem-blies, inflators, warning light, interconnect-ing wiring and power sources. (For details,see “Service reminder indicators andwarning buzzers” in Section 1−6.)

If any of the following conditions occurs,this indicates a malfunction of the airbagsor seat belt pretensioners. Contact yourToyota dealer as soon as possible.

� The light does not come on when theignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-tion or remains on for more than 6seconds or flashes.

� The light comes on or starts flashingwhile driving.

� If any front outside seat belt does notretract or cannot be pulled out due toa malfunction or activation of the rele-vant front outside seat belt pretension-er.

� The seat belt pretensioner assembly orsurrounding area has been damaged.

In the following cases, contact your Toyotadealer as soon as possible:

� The front of the vehicle (shaded in theillustration) was involved in an accidentthat was not severe enough to causethe front outside seat belt pretension-ers to operate.

� Either front outside seat belt preten-sioner assembly or surrounding area isscratched, cracked, or otherwise dam-aged.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

61


The SRS (Supplemental Restraint Sys-tem) front airbags are designed to pro-vide further protection for occupants inthe following seats in addition to theprimary safety protection provided bythe seat belts.

� Vehicles with bucket front seats—TheSRS front airbags are designed to pro-tect the driver and front passenger.

� Vehicles with bench type front seats—The SRS front airbags are designed toprotect the driver and front outsidepassenger, and they are not designedto protect an occupant in the front cen-ter seating position.

In response to a severe frontal impact,the SRS front airbags work together withthe seat belts to help reduce injury byinflating. The SRS front airbags help re-duce injuries mainly to the driver’s or frontpassenger’s head or chest caused by hit-ting the vehicle interior.

The front passenger airbag is activatedeven with no passenger in the front seat.

Always wear your seat belt properly.

CAUTION

� The SRS front airbag system is de-signed only as a supplement to theprimary protection of the driver andfront passenger seat belt systems.The driver and front passenger canbe killed or seriously injured by theinflating airbags if they do not wearthe available seat belts properly.During sudden braking just beforea collision, an unrestrained driveror front passenger can move for-ward into direct contact with orclose proximity to the airbag whichmay then deploy during the colli-sion. To ensure maximum protectionin an accident, the driver and allpassengers in the vehicle mustwear their seat belts properly. Wear-ing a seat belt properly during anaccident reduces the chances ofdeath or serious injury or beingthrown out of the vehicle. Forinstructions and precautions con-cerning the seat belt system, see“Seat belts” in this Section.

SRS driver airbag and frontpassenger airbag

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

62


� Improperly seated and/or restrainedinfants and children can be killedor seriously injured by the deploy-ing front airbags. An infant or childwho is too small to use a seat beltshould be properly secured using achild restraint system. Toyotastrongly recommends that all in-fants and children be placed in therear seat of the vehicle and proper-ly restrained. The rear seat is thesafest for infants and children. Forinstructions concerning the installa-tion of a child restraint system, see“Child restraint” in this Section.

The SRS front airbags are designed todeploy in severe (usually frontal) colli-sions where the magnitude and durationof the forward deceleration of the ve-hicle exceeds the designed thresholdlevel.

The SRS front airbags will deploy if theseverity of the impact is above the de-signed threshold level, comparable to anapproximate 25 km/h (15 mph) collisionwhen the vehicles has the impact straightinto a fixed barrier that does not move ordeform.

However, this threshold velocity will beconsiderably higher if the vehicle strikesan object, such as a parked vehicle orsign pole, which can move or deform onimpact, or if the vehicle is involved in anunderride collision (e.g. a collision inwhich the front of the vehicle “underrides”,or goes under, the bed of a truck, etc.).

It is possible that in some collisionswhere the forward deceleration of the ve-hicle is very close to the designed thresh-old level, the SRS front airbags and theseat belt pretensioners may not activatetogether.

Always wear your seat belts properly.

Collision from the side

Collision from the rear

Vehicle rollover

The SRS front airbags are generally notdesigned to inflate if the vehicle is in-volved in a side or rear collision, if itrolls over, or if it is involved in a low−speed frontal collision. But, whenever acollision of any type causes sufficientforward deceleration of the vehicle, de-ployment of the SRS front airbags mayoccur.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

63


Hitting a curb,edge of pavementor hard surface

Falling into orjumping over adeep hole

Landing hard or vehicle falling

The SRS front airbags may also deployif a serious impact occurs to the under-side of your vehicle. Some examplesare shown in the illustration.

The SRS front airbag system mainly con-sists of the following components, andtheir locations are shown in the illustra-tion.

1. Front airbag sensors

2. Airbag module for driver (airbag and inflator)

3. Airbag module for front passenger (airbag and inflator)

4. Driver’s seat belt buckle switch

5. Driver’s seat position sensor



The airbag sensor assembly consists of asafing sensor and airbag sensor.

The front airbag sensors constantly moni-tor the forward deceleration of the vehicle.If an impact results in a forward decelera-tion beyond the designed threshold level,the system triggers the airbag inflators. Atthis time a chemical reaction in the infla-tors very quickly fills the airbags withnon−toxic gas to help restrain the forwardmotion of the occupants. The front airbagsthen quickly deflate, so that there is noobstruction of the driver’s vision should itbe necessary to continue driving.

When the airbags inflate, they produce aloud noise and release some smoke andresidue along with non−toxic gas. Thisdoes not indicate a fire. This smoke mayremain inside the vehicle for some time,and may cause some minor irritation tothe eyes, skin or breathing. Be sure towash off any residue as soon as possibleto prevent any potential skin irritation withsoap and water. If you can safely exitfrom the vehicle, you should do so imme-diately.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

64


Deployment of the airbags happens in afraction of a second, so the airbags mustinflate with considerable force. While thesystem is designed to reduce serious inju-ries, primarily to the head and chest, itmay also cause other, less severe injuriesto the face, chest, arms and hands. Theseare usually in the nature of minor burnsor abrasions and swelling, but the force ofa deploying airbag can cause more seri-ous injuries, especially if an occupant’shands, arms, chest or head is in closeproximity to the airbag module at the timeof deployment. This is why it is importantfor the occupant to: avoid placing anyobject or part of the body between theoccupant and the airbag module; sitstraight and well back into the seat; wearthe available seat belt properly; and sit asfar as possible from the airbag module,while still maintaining control of the ve-hicle.

Parts of the airbag module (steering wheelhub, airbag cover and inflator) may be hotfor several minutes after deployment, sodo not touch! The airbags inflate onlyonce. The windshield may be damaged byabsorbing some of the force of the inflat-ing airbag.

CAUTION

The driver or front passenger who istoo close to the steering wheel ordashboard during airbag deploymentcan be killed or seriously injured.Toyota strongly recommends that:

� The driver sit as far back as pos-sible from the steering wheel whilestill maintaining control of the ve-hicle.

� The front passenger sit as far backas possible from the dashboard.

� All vehicle occupants be properlyrestrained using the available seatbelts.

� If the seat belt extender has beenconnected to the driver’s seat beltbuckle without wearing the seat beltwhen using the extender in thedriver’s seat, the SRS driver’s air-bag system will judge that the driv-er wears the seat belt even if notwearing it. In this case, the driver’sairbag may not activate correctly,causing death or serious injury inthe event of collision. Be sure towear the seat belt with the seat beltextender.

For instructions and precautions con-cerning the seating position, see“—Front seat precautions” in thisSection.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

65


� Do not sit on the edge of the seator lean against the dashboard whenthe vehicle is in use, since thefront passenger airbag could inflatewith considerable speed and force.Anyone who is up against, or veryclose to, an airbag when it inflates,can be killed or seriously injured.Sit up straight and well back in theseat, and always use your seat beltproperly.

� Toyota strongly recommends that allinfants and children be placed inthe rear seat of the vehicle and beproperly restrained.

� Do not allow a child to stand up orkneel on the front passenger seat,since the front passenger airbagcould inflate with considerablespeed and force. Otherwise, thechild may be killed or seriously in-jured.

� Do not hold a child on your lap orin your arms. Use a child restraintsystem in the rear seat. For instruc-tions concerning the installation ofa child restraint system, see “Childrestraint” in this Section.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

66


� Do not put anything or any part ofyour body on or in front of thedashboard or steering wheel padthat houses the front airbag sys-tem. They might restrict inflation orcause death or serious injury asthey are projected rearward by theforce of the deploying airbags. Like-wise, the driver and front passengershould not hold objects in theirarms or on their knees.

� Do not modify or remove any wir-ing. Do not modify, remove, strikeor open any components such asthe steering wheel pad, steeringwheel, column cover, dashboardnear the front passenger airbag,front passenger airbag cover, frontpassenger airbag or airbag sensorassembly. Doing so may prevent thefront airbag system from activatingcorrectly, cause sudden activationof the system or disable the sys-tem, which could result in death orserious injury.

Failure to follow these instructionscan result in death or serious injury.Consult your Toyota dealer about anyrepair and modification.

NOTICE

Do not perform any of the followingchanges without consulting yourToyota dealer. Such changes caninterfere with proper operation of theSRS front airbag system in somecases.



� Modification of the front end struc-ture

� Attachment of a grille guard (bullbar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow,winches or any other equipment tothe front end

� Repairs made on or near the frontfenders, front end structure, con-sole, steering column, steeringwheel or dashboard near the frontpassenger airbag

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

67


This indicator comes on when the igni-tion key is turned to the “ON” position.It goes off after about 6 seconds. Thismeans the SRS front airbags are oper-ating properly.

This warning light system monitors theairbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-sors, side airbag sensors, driver’s seatposition sensor, driver’s seat belt buckleswitch, seat belt pretensioner assemblies,inflators, warning light, interconnecting wir-ing and power sources. (For details, see“Service remainder indicators and warningbuzzers” in Section 1−6.)

If either of the following conditions occurs,this indicates a malfunction of the airbagsor seat belt pretensioners. Contact yourToyota dealer as soon as possible.




� The SRS front airbags have been in-flated.

� The front of the vehicle (shaded in theillustration) was involved in an accidentthat was not severe enough to causethe SRS front airbags to inflate.

� The pad section of the steering wheelor front passenger airbag cover(shaded in the illustration) is scratched,cracked, or otherwise damaged.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

68


NOTICE

Do not disconnect the battery cablesbefore contacting your Toyota dealer.

The SRS (Supplemental Restraint Sys-tem) side airbags are designed to pro-vide further protection for occupants inthe following seats in addition to theprimary safety protection provided bythe seat belts.

� Vehicles with bucket front seats—TheSRS side airbags are designed to pro-tect the driver and front passenger.

� Vehicles with bench type front seats—The SRS side airbags are designed toprotect the driver and front outsidepassenger. They are not designed toprotect occupant in the center position.

In response to a severe side impact, theSRS side airbags work together with theseat belts to help reduce injury by inflat-ing. The SRS side airbags help to reduceinjuries mainly to the driver’s or front out-side passenger’s chest.

The SRS side airbag on the passengerseat is activated even with no passengerin the front outside seat.

Always wear your seat belt properly.

CAUTION

� The SRS side airbag system is de-signed only as a supplement to theprimary protection of the driver andfront passenger seat belt systems.To ensure maximum protection inan accident, the driver and all pas-sengers in the vehicle must weartheir seat belts properly. Wearing aseat belt properly during an acci-dent reduces the chances of deathor serious injury or being thrownout of the vehicle. For instructionsand precautions concerning the seatbelt system, see “Seat belts” in thisSection.

SRS side airbags

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

69


� Do not allow anyone to lean his/herhead or any part of his/her bodyagainst the door or the area of theseat from which the SRS side air-bag deploys even if he/she is achild seated in the child restraintsystem. It is dangerous if the SRSside airbag inflates, and the impactof the deploying airbag could causedeath or serious injury to occupant.

� Improperly seated and/or restrainedinfants and children can be killedor seriously injured by the deploy-ing airbags. An infant or child whois too small to use a seat beltshould be properly secured using achild restraint system. Toyotastrongly recommends that all in-fants and children be placed in therear seats of the vehicle and prop-erly restrained. The rear seats arethe safest for infants and children.For instructions concerning theinstallation of a child restraint sys-tem, see “Child restraint” in thisSection.

The SRS side airbag system may notactivate if the vehicle is subjected to acollision from the side at certainangles, or a collision to the side of thevehicle body other than the passengercompartment as shown in the illustra-tion.

The SRS side airbags are designed toinflate when the passenger compartmentarea suffers a severe impact from theside.

Always wear your seat belts properly.

Collision from the front

Collision from the rear

Vehicle rollover

The SRS side airbags are not generallydesigned to inflate if the vehicle is in-volved in a front or rear collision, if itrolls over, or if it is involved in a low−speed side collision.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

70


The SRS side airbag system mainly con-sists of the following components, andtheir locations are shown in the illustra-tion.



3. Side airbag modules (airbag and inflator)

4. Side airbag sensors

The SRS side airbag system is controlledby the airbag sensor assembly. The airbagsensor assembly consists of a safing sen-sor and airbag sensor.

In a severe side impact, the side airbagsensor triggers the side airbag inflators.At this time a chemical reaction in theinflators quickly fills the airbags with non−toxic gas to help restrain the lateral mo-tion of the occupants.

When the airbags inflate, they produce afairly loud noise and release some smokeand residue along with non−toxic gas. Thisdoes not indicate a fire. This smoke mayremain inside the vehicle for some time,and may cause some minor irritation tothe eyes, skin or breathing. Be sure towash off any residue as soon as possibleto prevent any potential skin irritation withsoap and water. If you can safely exitfrom the vehicle, you should do so imme-diately.

Deployment of the airbags happens in afraction of a second, so the airbags mustinflate with considerable force. While thesystem is designed to reduce serious inju-ries, it may also cause minor burns orabrasions and swelling.

Front seats may be hot for several min-utes, but the airbags themselves will notbe hot. The airbags are designed to inflateonly once.

CAUTION

SRS side airbags inflate with consid-erable force. To reduce the possibilityof death or serious injury when theyinflate, the driver and front passengermust:

� Wear their seat belts properly

� Remain properly seated with theirbacks upright and against the seatsat all times.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

71


� Do not allow anyone to lean againstthe front door when the vehicle isin use, since the side airbag couldinflate with considerable speed andforce. Otherwise, he/she may bekilled or be seriously injured. Spe-cial care should be taken especiallywhen you have a small child in thevehicle.

� Sit up straight and well back in theseat, distributing your weight evenlyin the seat. Do not apply excessiveweight to the outer side of the frontseats on vehicles with side airbags.

� Do not attach a cup holder or anyother device or object on or aroundthe door. When the side airbag in-flates, the cup holder or any otherdevice or object will be thrown withgreat force or the side airbag maynot activate correctly, resulting indeath or serious injury. Likewise,the driver and front passengershould not hold objects in theirarms or on their knees.

� Do not use seat accessories whichcover the parts where the side air-bags inflate. Such accessories mayprevent the side airbags from acti-vating correctly, causing death orserious injury.

� Do not modify or replace the seatsor upholstery of the seats with sideairbags. Such changes may preventthe side airbag system from activat-ing correctly, disable the system orcause the side airbags to inflate ac-cidentally, resulting in death or seri-ous injury.

Failure to follow these instructionscan result in death or serious injury.Consult your Toyota dealer about anyrepair and modification.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

72


NOTICE

Do not perform any of the followingchanges without consulting yourToyota dealer. Such changes caninterfere with proper operation of theSRS side airbag system in somecases.



� Modification of the side structure ofthe passenger compartment

� Repairs made on or near the con-sole or front seat

This indicator comes on when the igni-tion key is turned to the “ON” position.It goes off after about 6 seconds. Thismeans the SRS side airbags are operat-ing properly.

This warning light system monitors theairbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-sors, side airbag sensors, driver’s seatposition sensor, driver’s seat belt buckleswitch, front seat belt pretensioner assem-blies, inflators, warning light, interconnect-ing wiring and power sources. (For details,see “Service reminder indicators andwarning buzzers” in Section 1−6.)

If either of the following conditions occurs,this indicates a malfunction of the airbagsor seat belt pretensioners. Contact yourToyota dealer as soon as possible.



’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

73



� Any of the SRS side airbags havebeen inflated.

� The portion of the doors (shaded in theillustration) was involved in an accidentthat was not severe enough to causethe SRS side airbags to inflate.

� The surface of the seats with the sideairbag (shaded in the illustration) isscratched, cracked, or otherwise dam-aged.

NOTICE

Do not disconnect the battery cablesbefore contacting your Toyota dealer.

Toyota strongly urges the use of ap-propriate child restraint systems forchildren.

The laws of all 50 states in the U.S.A.and Canada now require the use of achild restraint system.

Your vehicle conforms to SAEJ1819.

If a child is too large for a child restraintsystem, the child should sit in the rearseat and must be restrained using thevehicle’s seat belt. See “Seat belts” in thisSection for details.

CAUTION

� For effective protection in automo-bile accidents and sudden stops, achild must be properly restrained,using a seat belt or child restraintsystem depending on the age andsize of the child. Holding a child inyour arms is not a substitute for achild restraint system. In an acci-dent, the child can be crushedagainst the windshield, or betweenyou and the vehicle’s interior.

Child restraint——Child restraint precautions

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

74


� Toyota strongly urges use of aproper child restraint system whichconforms to the size of the child,installed on the rear seat. Accord-ing to accident statistics, the childis safer when properly restrained inthe rear seat than in the front seat.

� Never install a rear−facing child re-straint system on the front passen-ger seat. In the event of an acci-dent, the force of the rapid inflationof the front passenger airbag cancause death or serious injury to thechild if the rear−facing child re-straint system is installed on thefront passenger seat.

� A forward−facing child restraint sys-tem should be allowed to beinstalled on the front passengerseat only when it is unavoidable.Always move the seat as far backas possible, because the front pas-senger airbag could inflate withconsiderable speed and force.Otherwise, the child may be killedor seriously injured.

� Do not allow the child to lean his/her head or any part of his/herbody against the door or the areaof the seat from which the side air-bags deploy even if the child isseated in the child restraint system.It is dangerous if the side airbagsinflate, because the impact couldcause death or serious injury to thechild.

� Do not use the seat belt extenderwhen installing a child restraintsystem on the front or rear passen-ger seat. If installing a child re-straint system with the seat beltextender connected to the seat belt,the seat belt will not securely holdthe child restraint system, whichcould cause death or serious injuryto the child or other passengers inthe event of collision.

� Make sure you have complied withall installation instructions providedby the child restraint manufacturerand that the system is properly se-cured. If it is not secured properly,it may cause death or serious injuryto the child in the event of a sud-den stop or accident.

A child restraint system for a smallchild or baby must itself be properlyrestrained on the seat with either thelap belt or the lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt. You must carefully con-sult the manufacturer’s instructionswhich accompany the child restraintsystem.

To provide proper restraint, use a childrestraint system following the manufactur-er’s instructions about the appropriate ageand size of the child for the child restraintsystem.

Install the child restraint system correctlyfollowing the instructions provided by itsmanufacturer. General directions are alsoprovided under the following instructions.

The child restraint system should beinstalled on the rear seat. According toaccident statistics, the child is safer whenproperly restrained in the rear seat thanin the front seat.

When not using the child restraint system,keep it secured with the seat belt or placeit in the trunk or somewhere other thanthe passenger compartment. This will pre-vent it from injuring passengers in theevent of a sudden stop or accident.

—Child restraint system

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

75


Child restraint systems are classified intothe following 3 types depending on thechild’s age and size.

(A) Infant seat(B) Convertible seat(C) Booster seat

Install the child restraint system followingthe instructions provided by its manufac-turer.

Your vehicle has anchor brackets for se-curing the top strap of a child restraintsystem.

For instructions about how to use the an-chor bracket, see “—Using a top strap” inthis Section.

The child restraint lower anchorages ap-proved for your vehicle may also be used.See “—Installation with child restraint low-er anchorages” in this Section.

(A) Infant seat

(B) Convertible seat

(C) Booster seat

—Types of child restraintsystem

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

76


(A) INFANT SEAT INSTALLATION

An infant seat must be used in rear−facing position only.

CAUTION


� Do not install a child restraint sys-tem on the rear seat if it interfereswith the lock mechanism of thefront seats. Otherwise, the child orfront seat occupant(s) may be killedor seriously injured in case of sud-den braking or a collision.

� If the driver’s seat position doesnot allow sufficient space for safeinstallation, install the child re-straint system on the rear rightseat.

—Installation with 3−pointtype seat belt

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

77


1. Run the lap and shoulder belt throughor around the infant seat following theinstructions provided by its manufactur-er and insert the tab into the buckletaking care not to twist the belt. Keepthe lap portion of the belt tight.

CAUTION

� After inserting the tab, make surethe tab and buckle are locked andthat the lap and shoulder portionsof the belt are not twisted.

� Do not insert coins, clips, etc. inthe buckle as this may prevent yourchild from properly latching the taband buckle.

� If the seat belt does not functionnormally, it cannot protect yourchild from death or serious injury.Contact your Toyota dealer immedi-ately. Do not install the childrestraint system on the seat untilthe seat belt is fixed.

2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put itin the lock mode. When the belt isthen retracted even slightly, it cannotbe extended.

To hold the infant seat securely, makesure the belt is in the lock mode beforeletting the belt retract.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

78


3. While pressing the infant seat firmlyagainst the seat cushion and seatback,let the shoulder belt retract as far asit will go to hold the infant seat secure-ly.

CAUTION

Push and pull the child restraint sys-tem in different directions to be sureit is secure. Follow all the installationinstructions provided by its manufac-turer.

4. To remove the infant seat, press thebuckle release button and allow thebelt to retract completely. The belt willmove freely again and be ready towork for an adult or older child passen-ger.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

79


(B) CONVERTIBLE SEAT INSTALLATION

A convertible seat must be used in for-ward−facing or rear−facing position de-pending on the age and size of thechild. When installing, follow themanufacturer’s instruction about the ap-plicable age and size of the child aswell as directions for installing thechild restraint system.

CAUTION


Move seatfully back


’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

80


� Do not allow the child to leanagainst the front door or aroundthe front door even if the child isseated in the child restraint system.It is dangerous if the side airbagsinflate, because the impact couldcause death or serious injury to thechild.

� Do not install a child restraint sys-tem on the rear seat if it interfereswith the lock mechanism of thefront seats. This can cause death orserious injury to the child and frontpassenger in case of sudden brak-ing or a collision.

� If the driver’s seat position doesnot allow sufficient space for safeinstallation, install the child re-straint system on the rear rightseat.

1. Run the lap and shoulder belt throughor around the convertible seat followingthe instructions provided by itsmanufacturer and insert the tab intothe buckle taking care not to twist thebelt. Keep the lap portion of the belttight.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

81


CAUTION




2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put itin the lock mode. When the belt isthen retracted even slightly, it cannotbe extended.

To hold the convertible seat securely,make sure the belt is in the lock modebefore letting the belt retract.

3. While pressing the convertible seatfirmly against the seat cushion andseatback, let the shoulder belt retractas far as it will go to hold the convert-ible seat securely.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

82


CAUTION


4. To remove the convertible seat, pressthe buckle release button and allow thebelt to retract completely. The belt willmove freely again and be ready towork for an adult or older child passen-ger.

(C) BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION

A booster seat must be used in for-ward−facing position only.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

83


Move seatfully back

CAUTION


� Do not allow the child to lean his/her head or any part of his/herbody against the door or the areaof the seat from which the side air-bags deploy even if the child isseated in the child restraint system.It is dangerous if the side airbaginflates, and the impact could causedeath or serious injury to the child.

1. Sit the child on a booster seat. Runthe lap and shoulder belt through oraround the booster seat and across thechild following the instructions providedby its manufacturer and insert the tabinto the buckle taking care not to twistthe belt.

Make sure the shoulder belt is correctlyacross the child’s shoulder and that thelap belt is positioned as low as possibleon the child’s hips. See “Seat belts” inthis Section for details.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

84


CAUTION

� Always make sure the shoulder beltis positioned across the center ofchild’s shoulder. The belt should bekept away from child’s neck, butnot falling off child’s shoulder.Otherwise, the child may be killedor seriously injured in case of sud-den braking or a collision.

� Both high−positioned lap belts andloose−fitting belts could causedeath or serious injuries due tosliding under the lap belt during acollision or other unintended event.Keep the lap belt position as lowon a child’s hips as possible.

� For child’s safety, do not place theshoulder belt under child’s arm.




2. To remove the child restraint system,press the buckle release button andallow the belt to retract.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

85


CONVERTIBLE SEAT INSTALLATION

A convertible seat is used in forward−facing or rear−facing position depend-ing on the child’s age and size. Wheninstalling, follow the manufacturer’sinstruction about the applicable child’sage and size as well as directions forinstalling the child restraint system.

CAUTION

� Never install a rear−facing child re-straint system on the front passen-ger seat because the force of therapid inflation of the front passen-ger airbag can cause death or seri-ous injury to the child.

Same angle

Sameheight

Move seatfully back

Move seatfully back

� A forward−facing child restraint sys-tem should be allowed to beinstalled on the front passengerseat only when it is unavoidable.Always move the seat as far backas possible, because the force ofthe deploying front passenger air-bag could cause death or seriousinjury to the child.

—Installation with 2−pointtype seat belt

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

86


When installing a child restraint system inthe front seat center position, move thedriver and passenger seats as far back aspossible, set both seatbacks to the sameangle as the back of the child restraintsystem, and set both seat cushions at thesame height so that the child restraintsystem is securely restrained.

With the child restraint system installed,check that your driving position is satis-factory and that the child restraint systemdoes not interfere with your driving.

If your driving position is not satisfactory,or the child restraint system interfereswith your driving, install it at another posi-tion.

CAUTION

� When using a forward−facing childrestraint system, move the driverand passenger seats as far back aspossible, set both seatbacks to thesame angle as the back of the childrestraint system, set both seatcushions at the same height andmake sure your driving position issatisfactory.

� Ignoring the above instructions mayresult in a serious injury in case ofon accident. 1. Run the center lap belt through or

around the convertible seat followingthe instructions provided by itsmanufacturer and insert the tab intothe buckle taking care not to twist thebelt. Keep the lap portion of the belttight.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

87


CAUTION

� After inserting the tab, make surethe tab and buckle are locked andthat the lap and shoulder portionsof the belt is not twisted.


� If the seat belt does not functionnormally, it cannot protect yourchild from injury. Contact yourToyota dealer immediately. Do notuse the child restraint system untilthe seat belt is fixed.

2. While pressing the convertible seatfirmly against the seat cushion andseatback, tighten the lap belt by pullingits free end to hold the convertible seatsecurely.

CAUTION


’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

88


3. To remove the convertible seat, pressthe buckle release button and allow thebelt to retract completely. The belt willmove freely again and be ready towork for an adult or older child passen-ger.

Follow the procedure below for a childrestraint system that requires the useof a top strap.

Symbol

Anchor brackets

Use the anchor bracket on the packagetray behind the rear seat to attach the topstrap.

Anchor brackets are installed for eachrear seating position.

This symbol indicates the location of userready anchor brackets.

—Using a top strap

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

89


TO USE THE ANCHOR BRACKET:

1. Remove the head restraint.

2. Remove the anchor bracket coverwith the symbol shown in the il-lustration.

3. Securely fasten the child restraintsystem with the seat belt.

Latch the hook onto the anchorbracket and tighten the top strap.

For instructions to install the child re-straint system, see ”Child restraint” in thisSection.

CAUTION

Make sure the top strap is securelylatched, and check that the child re-straint system is secure by pushingand pulling it in different directions.Follow all the installation instructionsprovided by its manufacturer.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

90


4. Replace the head restraint.

Store any removed covers in a safe placesuch as the glove box.

Be sure to replace all covers when theanchor bracket is not in use.

Lower anchorages for the child restraintsystems complying with the FMVSS225or CMVSS210.2 specifications areinstalled in the rear seat.

The anchorages are installed in the clear-ance between the seat cushion and seat-back of both outside rear seats.

Child restraint systems complying with theFMVSS213 or CMVSS213 specificationcan be fixed to these anchorages. In thiscase, it is not necessary to fix the childrestraint system with a seat belt on thevehicle. Canada only

Type A (anchor position indicated bybuttons)

—Installation with childrestraint lower anchorages

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

91


Canada only

Type A (anchor position indicated bytags)

Canada only

Type B (anchor position indicated bybuttons)

Canada only

Type B (anchor position indicated bytags)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

92


For owners in Canada

The symbol on a child restraint systemindicates the presence of a lower connec-tor system.

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMINSTALLATION

Type A—

1. Widen the clearance between theseat cushion and seatback a littleand confirm the position of the low-er anchorages near the buttons ortags on the seatback.

2. Latch the hooks of lower straps ontothe anchorages and tighten the lowerstraps.

Type B—

1. Widen the clearance between theseat cushion and seatback a littleand confirm the position of the low-er anchorages near the buttons ortags on the seatback.

2. Latch the buckles onto the anchor-ages.

If your child restraint system has a topstrap, it should be anchored. (For theinstallation of the top strap, see “—Usinga top strap” in this Section.)

For installation details, refer to the instruc-tion manual equipped with each product.

CAUTION

� When using the lower anchoragesfor the child restraint system, besure that there are no irregular ob-jects around the anchorages andthat the seat belt is not caught.

� Push and pull the child restraintsystem in different directions tomake sure it is secure. Follow allthe installation instructions pro-vided by its manufacturer.

� Do not install a child restraint sys-tem on the rear seat if it interfereswith the lock mechanism of thefront seats. Otherwise, the child orfront seat occupant(s) may be killedor seriously injured in case of sud-den braking or a collision.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

93


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSSteering wheel and MirrorsTilt steering wheel 94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outside rear view mirrors 94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Anti−glare inside rear view mirror 96. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto anti−glare inside rear view mirror 97. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vanity mirrors 98. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1− 4

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

94


To change the steering wheel angle,hold the steering wheel, pull the lockrelease lever toward you, tilt the steer-ing wheel to the desired angle and re-lease the lever.

When the steering wheel is in a low posi-tion, it will spring up as you release thelock release lever.

CAUTION

� Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile the vehicle is moving. Doingso may cause the driver to mishan-dle the vehicle and an accident mayoccur resulting in death or seriousinjuries.

� After adjusting the steering wheel,try moving it up and down to makesure it is locked in position.

Adjust the mirror so that you can justsee the side of your vehicle in the mir-ror.

Be careful when judging the size or dis-tance of any object seen in the outsiderear view mirror on the passenger’s sidebecause it is a convex mirror. Any objectseen in a convex mirror will look smallerand farther away than when seen in a flatmirror.

Tilt steering wheel Outside rear view mirrors—

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

95


Vehicles with the auto anti−glare insiderear view mirror—When the inside rearview mirror surface darkens in “AUTO”mode, the driver’s side outside rear viewmirror surface also darkens to reduce thereflection of the headlights of the vehiclebehind you. (For details, see “Auto anti−glare inside rear view mirror” in this Sec-tion.)

On some models, when you push the rearwindow defogger switch, the heater panelsin the outside rear view mirrors will quick-ly clear the surface. (See “Rear windowand outside rear view mirror defoggers” inSection 1−5.)

CAUTION

� Do not adjust the mirror while thevehicle is moving. Doing so maycause the driver to mishandle thevehicle and an accident may occurresulting in death or serious inju-ries.

� On some models, since the mirrorsurfaces can get hot, do not touchthem when the defogger switch ison.

NOTICE

The outside rear view mirrors arefixed in place. Do not try to fold themirrors. It may damage the mirrors.

To adjust a mirror, use the switches.

1. Master switch—To select the mirror tobe adjustedPlace the switch at “L” (left) or “R”(right).

2. Control switch—To move the mirrorPush the switch in the desired direc-tion.

Mirrors can be adjusted when the key isin the “ACC” or “ON” position.

—Power rear view mirrorcontrol

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

96


NOTICE

If ice should jam the mirror, do notoperate the control or scrape the mir-ror face. Use a spray de−icer to freethe mirror.

Adjust the mirror so that you can justsee the rear of your vehicle in the mir-ror.

To reduce glare from the headlights ofthe vehicle behind you during nightdriving, operate the lever on the loweredge of the mirror.

Daylight driving—Lever at position 1

The reflection in the mirror has greaterclarity at this position.

Night driving—Lever at position 2

Remember that by reducing glare you alsolose some rear view clarity.

CAUTION

Do not adjust the mirror while thevehicle is moving. Doing so maycause the driver to mishandle the ve-hicle and an accident may occur re-sulting in death or serious injuries.

Anti−glare inside rear viewmirror

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

97


Adjust the mirror so that you can justsee the rear of your vehicle in the mir-ror.

This mirror is equipped with auto anti−glare function. The function is designedto reduce glare from the headlights ofthe vehicle behind you during nightdriving.

When the ignition key is inserted andturned on, the inside rear view mirror al-ways turns on in the “AUTO” mode.

The “AUTO” indicator illuminates to showyou that the function is on.

In “AUTO” mode, if the mirror detects lightfrom the headlights of the vehicle behindyou, the mirror surface darkens slightly toreduce the reflected light.

When the inside rear view mirror surfacedarkens the driver’s side outside rear viewmirror surface also darkens.

To turn off the automatic function, pressthe switch on the “OFF” side.

To turn on the automatic function again,press the switch on the “AUTO” side.

Adjust it before driving so that the rearview is optimized.

When the inside air temperature is low, itmay take a little longer for the mirror todarken in response to the detection ofheadlights.

CAUTION

Do not adjust the mirror while thevehicle is moving. It may cause thedriver to mishandle the vehicle andan accident may occur resulting indeath or serious injuries.

To ensure correct functioning of ananti−glare mirror sensor located on theback side of the mirror, do not touchor cover the sensor with your finger ora piece of cloth, etc.

Auto anti−glare inside rearview mirror

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

98


To use the vanity mirrors, swing downthe sun visor and open the cover.

The vanity lights come on when you openthe cover.

Vanity mirrors

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

99


’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

100


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSLights, Wipers and DefoggerHeadlights and turn signals 101. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emergency flashers 106. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Instrument panel light control 106. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front fog lights 107. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interior light 107. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front personal and interior lights 108. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear personal lights 109. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ignition switch light 109. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Windshield wipers and washer 110. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shifting the windshield wiper position 112. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear window and outside rear view mirror defoggers 113. . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1− 5

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

101


HEADLIGHTS

Manual operation—

To turn on the following lights: Twistthe headlight/turn signal lever knob.

Position 1—Parking, tail, license plate,side marker and instrument panel lights

Position 2—Headlights and all of theabove

Automatic operation—

To turn on or off the lights automatical-ly, twist the headlight/turn signal leverknob to the “AUTO” position when theignition key is in the “ON” position.

The headlights and/or all of the lights inposition 1 automatically turn on or off de-pending on the darkness of the surround-ings.

Manually twist the knob to the position 2to turn on the headlights if they are need-ed immediately when entering a dark tun-nel, parking structure, etc.

The automatic light control sensor is onthe top of the driver’s side instrumentpanel.

Do not place anything on the instrumentpanel, and/or do not affix anything on thewindshield to block this sensor.

Headlights and turn signals(for U.S.A.)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

102


Automatic light cut off system

Position 1 or “AUTO” position with thetail lights on—

The lights automatically turn off when thedriver’s door is opened with the ignitionkey in the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.

Position 2 or “AUTO” position with theheadlights on—

The lights automatically turn off after 30seconds when any of the doors or trunklid is opened and closed with the ignitionkey in the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.

Vehicles with wireless remote control sys-tem—The lights can be turned off immedi-ately by pushing the “LOCK” switch on thewireless remote control transmitter with allthe doors locked and the trunk lid closed.

If any of the doors or trunk lid is keptopen, the lights automatically turn off after20 minutes.

To turn on the lights again, turn the igni-tion key to the “ON” position or actuatethe headlight switch. If you are going topark for over one week, make sure theknob is in the “AUTO” position.

NOTICE

To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the lights onfor a long period when the engine isnot running.

Daytime Running Light (DRL) system

The Daytime Running Light (DRL) systemcan make it easier for others to see thefront of your vehicle during the day. TheDRL system can be helpful in many differ-ent driving conditions, but they can beespecially helpful in the short periods afterdawn and before sunset.

The DRL system will make your headlightscome on at a reduced brightness when:

� The ignition is on with the engine run-ning.

� The light switch is in the “AUTO” posi-tion.

� The parking brake is released.

To turn on the other exterior lights andinstrument panel lights, twist the knob toposition 1.

Twist the knob to position 2 to turn theheadlights to full intensity for night driving.

To turn off the DRL system, twist the knobto the position 3 (“DRL OFF”) or turn theignition switch off.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

103


High−Low beams—For high beams, turnthe headlights on and push the lever awayfrom you (position 1). Pull the lever to-ward you (position 2) for low beams.

The headlight high beam indicator light(blue light) on the instrument panel willtell you that the high beams are on.

Flashing the high beam headlights(position 3)—Pull the lever all the wayback. The high beam headlights turn offwhen you release the lever.

You can flash the high beam headlightseven when the headlight switch is off.

TURN SIGNALS

To signal a turn, push the headlight/turn signal lever up or down to position1.


The lever automatically returns after youmake a turn, but you may have to returnit by hand after you change lanes.

To signal a lane change, move the leverup or down to the pressure point (position2) and hold it.

If the turn signal indicator lights (greenlights) on the instrument panel flash fasterthan normal, a front or rear turn signalbulb is burned out. See “Replacing lightbulbs” in Section 7−3.

HEADLIGHTS

Manual operation—

To turn on the following lights: Twistthe headlight/turn signal lever knob.

Position 1—Parking, tail, license plate,side marker and instrument panel lights

Position 2—Headlights and all of theabove

Headlights and turn signals(for Canada)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

104


Automatic operation—

To turn on or off the lights automatical-ly, twist the headlight/turn signal leverknob to the position 3 (“AUTO”) whenthe ignition key is in the “ON” position.

The headlights and/or all of the lights inposition 1 automatically turn on or off de-pending on the darkness of the surround-ings.

Manually twist the knob to the position 2to turn on the headlights if they are need-ed immediately when entering a dark tun-nel, parking structure, etc.

The automatic light control sensor is onthe top of the driver’s side instrumentpanel.

Do not place anything on the instrumentpanel, and/or do not affix anything on thewindshield to block this sensor.

Automatic light cut off system

Position 1 or position 3 with the taillights on—

The lights automatically turn off when thedriver’s door is opened with the ignitionkey in the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.

Position 2 or position 3 with the head-lights on—

The lights automatically turn off after 30seconds when any of the door or trunk lidis opened and closed with the ignition keyin the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.

Vehicles with wireless remote control sys-tem—The lights can be turned off immedi-ately by pushing the “LOCK” switch on thewireless remote control transmitter with allthe doors locked and the trunk lid closed.

If any of the door or trunk lid is keptopened, the lights automatically turn offafter 20 minutes.

To turn on the lights again, turn the igni-tion key to the “ON” position or actuatethe headlight switch. If you are going topark for over one week, make sure theheadlight switch is off.

NOTICE

To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the lights onfor a long period when the engine isnot running.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

105


Daytime Running Light (DRL) system

Daytime Running Light (DRL) System canmake it easier for others to see the frontof your vehicle during the day. The DRLsystem can be helpful in many differentdriving conditions, but they can be espe-cially helpful in the short periods afterdawn and before sunset.

The DRL system will make your headlightscome on at a reduced brightness when:

� The ignition is on with the engine run-ning.

� The headlight switch is off.

� The parking brake is released.

To turn on the other exterior lights andinstrument panel lights, twist the knob tothe position 1.

Twist the knob to the position 2 to turnthe headlights to full intensity for nightdriving.

High−Low beams—For high beams, turnthe headlights on and push the lever awayfrom you (position 1). Pull the lever to-ward you (position 2) for low beams.

The headlight high beam indicator light(blue light) on the instrument panel willtell you that the high beams are on.

Flashing the high beam headlights(position 3)—Pull the lever all the wayback. The high beam headlights turn offwhen you release the lever.

You can flash the high beam headlightseven when the headlight switch is off.

TURN SIGNALS

To signal a turn, push the headlight/turn signal lever up or down to position1.


The lever automatically returns after youmake a turn, but you may have to returnit by hand after you change lanes.

To signal a lane change, move the leverup or down to the pressure point (position2) and hold it.

If the turn signal indicator lights (greenlights) on the instrument panel flash fasterthan normal, a front or rear turn signalbulb is burned out. See “Replacing lightbulbs” in Section 7−3.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

106


To turn on the emergency flashers,push the switch.

All the turn signal lights will flash. To turnthem off, push the switch once again.

Turn on the emergency flashers to warnother drivers if your vehicle must bestopped where it might be a traffic hazard.

Always pull as far off the road as pos-sible.

The turn signal light switch will not workwhen the emergency flashers are operat-ing.

NOTICE

To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the switch onlonger than necessary when the en-gine is not running.

To adjust the brightness of the instru-ment panel lights, turn the knob.

Emergency flashers Instrument panel light control

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

107


To turn on the front fog lights, twistthe band of the headlight and turn sig-nal switch lever. They will come ononly when the headlights are on lowbeam.

To turn on the interior light, slide theswitch.

The interior light switch has the followingpositions:

“ON”—Keeps the light on all the time.

“OFF”—Turns the light off.

“DOOR”—Turns the light on when anydoor is opened. The light goes off whenall the doors are closed.

ILLUMINATED ENTRY SYSTEM

When the switch is in the “DOOR” posi-tion and any door is opened, the light willcome on. After all the doors are closed,the light remains on for about 15 secondsbefore fading out.

However, in the following cases, the lightgoes off immediately.

� All the doors are closed when the igni-tion key is in the “ACC” or “ON” posi-tion.

� The ignition key is turned to the “ACC”or “ON” after all the doors are closed.

� All the doors are closed and locked.

When all the doors are unlocked usingeither the key or the wireless remote con-trol transmitter simultaneously, the lightwill come on and remain on for about 15seconds, before fading out.

INTERIOR LIGHT CUT OFF OPERATION

To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, the light will automatically turnoff when the key is removed and the dooris left opened with the switch at “DOOR”position for 20 minutes or more.

Front fog lights Interior light

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

108


With moon roof

Without moon roof

Front personal lights—

To turn on the front personal lights,push the switch. To turn the lights off,push the switch once again.

Interior lights—

The interior lights turn on when any ofthe door is opened. The lights go offwhen all of the doors are closed.

You cannot turn off the lights when any ofthe doors is opened.

ILLUMINATED ENTRY SYSTEM

The lights come on when any door isopened. After all the doors are closed, thelights remain on for about 15 seconds andthen go out.

However, in the following cases, the lightsgo off immediately.




When all the doors are unlocked usingeither the key or wireless remote controltransmitter simultaneously, the lights willcome on and remain on for about 15 sec-onds, before fading out.

INTERIOR LIGHT CUT OFF OPERATION

To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, the lights will automatically turnoff when the key is removed and the dooris left opened for 20 minutes or more.

Front personal and interiorlights

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

109


To turn on the rear personal light, pushthe switch. To turn the light off, pushthe switch once again.

For easy access to the ignition switch,the ignition switch light comes on whenany of the doors are opened.

The light remains on for about 15 secondsafter all the doors are closed.

However, in the following cases, the lightgo off immediately.




When all the doors are unlocked with thekey or wireless remote control transmittersimultaneously, the light comes on forabout 15 seconds and then fades out,even if the door is not opened.

To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, the light will automatically turnoff when the key is removed and the dooris left opened for 20 minutes or more.

Rear personal lights Ignition switch light

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

110


To turn on the windshield wipers, movethe lever to the desired setting.


Lever position Operation

Position 1 Intermittentoperation

Position 2 Low speedoperation

Position 3 High speedoperation

Position 4 Washer on

The “INT TIME” band lets you adjust thewiping time interval when the wiper leveris in the intermittent position (position 1).Twist the band upward to increase thetime between sweeps, and downward todecrease it.

To squirt washer fluid, pull the levertoward you (position 4).

If the windshield wipers are off, they willoperate a couple of times after the washersquirts.

For instructions on adding washer fluid,see “Adding washer fluid” in Section 7−3.

In freezing weather, warm the windshieldwith the defroster before using the washer.This will help prevent the washer fluidfrom freezing on your windshield, whichcan block your vision.

NOTICE

Do not operate the wipers if the wind-shield is dry. It may scratch the glassor may damage wiper blades.

Automatic control adjuster

To turn on the windshield wipers, movethe lever to the desired setting.


Lever position Operation

Position 1 Automaticoperation

Position 2 Low speedoperation

Position 3 High speedoperation

Position 4 Washer on

Windshield wipers and washer

(intermittent operation type)

Windshield wipers and washer

(raindrop detection type)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

111


Automatic operation (position 1)

The wiper speed is determined by theamount of raindrops and sunlight detectedby the automatic wiper control sensor.

The automatic wiper control sensor is onthe inside of the windshield as shownabove.

If you feel that the operation of the auto-matic wiper control is too fast or too slow,twist the automatic control adjuster in the“−” direction to lower sensitivity, and “+”direction to boost the sensitivity.

Even if the wiper lever is in the position1, the system will switch to intermittentoperations in the following conditions:

� When the windshield gets extremelycold (at less than −10�C [14�F])

� When the system malfunctions

However, when the windshield gets ex-tremely hot (at more than 90�C [194�F]),the wipers do not operate even if thewiper lever is in the position 1.

When the ignition switch is turned off withthe wiper lever in the position 1, and thenthe ignition switch is turned on again, theautomatic operation may not work even ifraindrops are on the windshield.

In this case, move the lever to anotherposition and return it to the position 1again.

CAUTION

Be careful not to get your fingerscaught between the wipers and wind-shield.

When the wiper lever is in the posi-tion 1 with the ignition switch on, thewipers could operate automatically inthe following cases:

� If you touch the upper center of thewindshield adjacent to the sensor.

� If you wipe the upper center of thewindshield (adjacent to which thesensor is located) with a towel orother object.

� If the windshield vibrates.

� If you touch the sensor.

NOTICE

Do not apply detergent to or wet theautomatic wiper control sensor whencleaning the inside of the windshield.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

112


To squirt washer fluid, pull the levertoward you (position 4).

If the windshield wipers are off, they willoperate a couple of times after the washersquirts.

For instructions on adding washer fluid,see “Adding washer fluid” in Section 7−3.

In freezing weather, warm the windshieldwith the defroster before using the washer.This will help prevent the washer fluidfrom freezing on your windshield, whichcan block your vision.

NOTICE

Do not operate the wipers if the wind-shield is dry. It may scratch the glassor may damage wiper blades.

The wiper blades retract under the hoodwhen the wipers are turned off.

In the following cases, the wipers shouldbe shifted from the retracted position(position 2) to the rest position (position1) above the hood level.

� When cleaning the windshield

� When inspecting or replacing the wip-ers

� When the retraction may be obstructedby snow, etc., at the bottom of thewindshield

Other than the above cases, keep thewipers in the retracted position.

SHIFTING TO THE REST POSITION

Hold the connection of the wiper armand wiper blade and pull it upward formore than 10 cm (3.9 in.) along thewindshield glass with the force ofabout 98 N (10 kgf, 22 lbf).

NOTICE

To prevent the wiper blades from be-ing deformed, be sure to hold theconnection of the wiper arm and wip-er blade securely.

Shifting the windshield wiperposition

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

113


RETURNING TO THE RETRACTEDPOSITION

Push the connection of the wiper armand wiper blade downward.

NOTICE

To prevent the wiper blades from be-ing deformed, be sure to hold theconnection of the wiper arm and wip-er blade securely.

Type A

Type B

Type C

To defog or defrost the rear window,push the switch.


The thin heater wires on the inside of therear window will quickly clear the surface.An indicator light will illuminate to indicatethe defogger is operating.

Type C—The heater panels in the outsiderear view mirrors will also quickly clearthe surfaces. Keep your hands off themirror faces when the switch is on.

Push the switch once again to turn thedefoggers off.

Rear window and outside rearview mirror defoggers

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

114


The system will automatically shut off af-ter the defogger has operated about 15minutes.

CAUTION

Type C—Since the mirror surfacescan get hot, do not touch them whenthe defogger switch is on.

Make sure you turn the defoggers offwhen the surfaces are clear. Leaving thedefoggers on for a long time could causethe battery to discharge, especially duringstop−and−go driving. The defoggers arenot designed for drying rain water or formelting snow.

On some models, if the outside rear viewmirrors are heavily coated with ice, use aspray de−icer before operating the switch.

NOTICE

When cleaning the inside of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the heater wires or connec-tors.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

115


’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

116


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSGauges, Meters and Service reminder indicatorsFuel gauge 117. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine coolant temperature gauge 117. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tachometer 118. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Odometer and two trip meters 118. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers 120. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1− 6

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

117


The gauge indicates the approximatequantity of fuel remaining in the tankwhen the ignition switch is on.

Nearly full—Needle at “F”Nearly empty—Needle at “E”

It is a good idea to keep the tank over1/4 full.

If the fuel level approaches “E” or the lowfuel level warning light comes on, fill thefuel tank as soon as possible.

On inclines or curves, due to the move-ment of fuel in the tank, the fuel gaugeneedle may fluctuate or the low fuel levelwarning light may come on earlier thanusual.

If the fuel tank is completely empty, themalfunction indicator lamp comes on. Fillthe fuel tank immediately.

The indicator lamp goes off after drivingseveral times. If the indicator lamp doesnot go off, contact your Toyota dealer assoon as possible.

The gauge indicates the engine coolanttemperature when the ignition switch ison. The engine operating temperaturewill vary with changes in weather andengine load.

If the needle moves into the red zone,your engine is too hot. If your vehicleoverheats, stop your vehicle and allow theengine to cool.

Your vehicle may overheat during severeoperating conditions, such as:

� Driving up a long hill on a hot day.

� Reducing speed or stopping after highspeed driving.

Fuel gaugeEngine coolant temperaturegauge

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

118


� Idling for a long period with the airconditioning on in stop−and−go traffic.

� Towing a trailer.

NOTICE

� Do not remove the thermostat inthe engine cooling system as thismay cause the engine to overheat.The thermostat is designed to con-trol the flow of coolant to keep thetemperature of the engine withinthe specified operating range.

� Do not continue driving with anoverheated engine. See “If your ve-hicle overheats” in Section 4.

The tachometer indicates engine speedin thousands of rpm (revolutions perminute). Use it while driving to selectcorrect shift points and to prevent en-gine lugging and over−revving.

Driving with the engine running too fastcauses excessive engine wear and poorfuel economy. Remember, in most casesthe slower the engine speed, the greaterthe fuel economy.

NOTICE

Do not let the indicator needle getinto the red zone. This may causesevere engine damage.

Type A

Type B

Tachometer Odometer and two trip meters

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

119


Type C

This meter displays the odometer andtwo trip meters when the ignitionswitch is on.

1. Odometer—Shows the total distancethe vehicle has been driven.

2. Two trip meters—Show two differentdistances independently driven sincethe last time each trip meter was setto zero.

You can use one trip meter to calculatethe fuel economy and the other tomeasure the distance on each trip. Alltrip meter data is cancelled if the elec-trical power source is disconnected.

3. “ODO/TRIP” button—Resets the twotrip meters to zero, and also changethe meter display.

To change the meter display, quicklypush and release the button. The meterdisplay changes in the order from theodometer to trip meter A to trip meterB, then back to the odometer eachtime you push.

To reset the trip meter A to zero, dis-play the meter A reading, then pushand hold the button until the meter isset to zero. The same process can beapplied for resetting the trip meter B.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

120


If the indicator or buzzer comes on... Do this.

(a) or If parking brake is off, stop immediately and contact Toyota dealer.

(b)(indicator and buzzer)

Fasten driver’s seat belt.

(c) Fasten front outside passenger’s seat belt.

(d) Stop and check.

(e) Stop and check.

(f) Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.

(g) Fill up tank.

Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

121


If the indicator or buzzer comes on... Do this.

(h) orTake vehicle to Toyota dealer.If brake system warning light is also on, stop immediately and contact Toyota dealer.

(i) Close all doors.

(j) Replace bulb.

(k) Take vehicle to Toyota dealer immediately.

(l) Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.

(m) Add washer fluid.

(n) Key reminder buzzer Remove key.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

122


(a) Brake System Warning Light

This light comes on in the following caseswhen the ignition key is in the “ON” posi-tion.

� When the parking brake is applied...

This light comes on for a few secondswhen the ignition key is turned to the“ON” position even after the parking brakeis released.

� When the brake fluid level is low...

CAUTION

It is dangerous to continue drivingnormally when the brake fluid level islow.

Have your vehicle checked at yourToyota dealer in the following cases:

� The light does not come on even if theparking brake is applied when the igni-tion key is in the “ON” position.

� The light does not come on even if theignition key is turned on with the park-ing brake released.

A warning light turning on briefly duringoperation does not indicate a problem.

CAUTION

If either of the following conditionsoccurs, immediately stop your vehicleat a safe place and contact yourToyota dealer.

� The light does not turn off evenafter the parking brake is releasedwhile the engine is running.

In this case, the brakes may notwork properly and your stoppingdistance will become longer. De-press the brake pedal firmly andbring the vehicle to an immediatestop.

� The brake system warning light re-mains on together with the “ABS”warning light.

In this case, not only the anti−lockbrake system will fail but also thevehicle will become extremely un-stable during braking.

(b) Driver’s Seat Belt Reminder Lightand Buzzer

This light and buzzer remind you tobuckle up the driver’s seat belt.

Once the ignition key is turned to “ON” or“START”, the reminder light flashes andbuzzer sounds if the driver’s seat belt isnot fastened. Unless the driver fastens thebelt, the light keep flashing and the buzz-er sounds for about 4 to 8 seconds.

(c) Front Outside Passenger’s Seat BeltReminder Light

This light reminds you to buckle up thefront outside passenger’s seat belt.

Once the ignition key is turned to “ON” or“START”, the reminder light flashes if apassenger sits in the front outside passen-ger seat and does not fasten the seatbelt. Unless the front outside passengerfastens the belt, the light stays on. Thislight reminds you to buckle up the frontoutside passenger’s seat belt.

If luggage or other load is placed on thefront outside passenger seat, dependingon its weight and how it is placed on theseat, built−in sensors in the seat cushionmay detect the pressure, causing the re-minder light to come on.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

123


(d) Discharge Warning Light

This light warns that the battery is beingdischarged.

If it comes on while you are driving, thereis a problem somewhere in the chargingsystem.

The engine ignition will continue to oper-ate, however, until the battery is dis-charged. Turn off the air conditioning,blower, radio, etc., and drive directly tothe nearest Toyota dealer or repair shop.

NOTICE

Do not continue driving if the enginedrive belt is broken or loose.

(e) Low Engine Oil Pressure WarningLight

This light warns that the engine oil pres-sure is too low.

If it flickers or stays on while you aredriving, pull off the road to a safe placeand stop the engine immediately. Call aToyota dealer or qualified repair shop forassistance.

The light may occasionally flicker whenthe engine is idling or it may come onbriefly after a hard stop. There is nocause for concern if it then goes out whenthe engine is accelerated slightly.

The light may come on when the oil levelis extremely low. It is not designed toindicate low oil level, and the oil levelmust be checked using the level dipstick.

NOTICE

Do not drive the vehicle with thewarning light on—even for one block.It may ruin the engine.

(f) Malfunction Indicator Lamp

This lamp comes on when the ignitionkey is turned to the “ON” position andgoes off after the engine starts. Thismeans that the warning light system isoperating properly.

If the lamp remains on, or the lampcomes on while driving, first check thefollowings.

� Empty fuel tank

If the fuel tank is empty, refuel immedi-ately.

� Loose fuel tank cap

If the fuel tank cap is loose, securelytighten it.

These cases are temporary malfunctions.The malfunction indicator lamp will go offafter taking several driving trips.

If the lamp does not go off even afterseveral trips, contact your Toyota dealeras soon as possible.

If the fuel tank is not empty or the fueltank cap is not loose...

� There is a problem somewhere in theengine, emission control system, auto-matic transmission electrical system orwarning light system itself.

Contact your Toyota dealer as soon aspossible to service the vehicle.

Emissions Inspection and Maintenance(I/M) programs

Your vehicle may not pass a stateemission inspection if the malfunctionindicator lamp remains on. Contact yourToyota dealer to check your vehicle’semission control system and OBD(On−Board Diagnostics) system beforetaking your vehicle for the inspection.

For details, see “Emissions Inspection andMaintenance (I/M) programs” in Section 6.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

124


(g) Low Fuel Level Warning Light

This light comes on when the fuel levelin the tank becomes nearly empty. Fill upthe tank as soon as possible.

On inclines or curves, due to the move-ment of fuel in the tank, the low fuel levelwarning light may come on earlier thanusual.

(h) “ABS” Warning Light

The light comes on when the ignition keyis turned to the “ON” position. If the anti−lock brake system and the brake assistsystem work properly, the light turns offafter a few seconds. Thereafter, if thesystem malfunctions, the light comes onagain.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), theanti−lock brake system, the brake assistsystem, the traction control system andthe vehicle stability control system do notoperate, but the brake system still oper-ates conventionally.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), theanti−lock brake system does not operateso that the wheels could lock up duringa sudden braking or braking on slipperyroad surfaces.

If either of the following conditions oc-curs, this indicates a malfunction some-where in the components monitored bythe warning light system. Contact yourToyota dealer as soon as possible toservice the vehicle.

� The light does not come on when theignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-tion, or remains on.

� The light comes on while you are driv-ing.


CAUTION

If the “ABS” warning light remains ontogether with the brake system warn-ing light, immediately stop your ve-hicle at a safe place and contact yourToyota dealer.

In this case, not only the anti−lockbrake system will fail but also thevehicle will become extremely unsta-ble during braking.

(i) Open Door Warning Light

This light remains on until all the doorsare completely closed.

(j) Rear Light Failure Warning Light

If this light comes on when the headlightswitch is turned on, it indicates that oneor more of the tail lights are burned out.

If it comes on when the brake pedal isdepressed, one or more stop lights areburned out.

Have defective bulbs replaced as soon aspossible.

(k) SRS Warning Light

This light will come on when the igni-tion key is turned to the “ON” position.After about 6 seconds, the light will gooff. This means the system of the air-bags and front seat belt pretensionersare operating properly.

This warning light system monitors theairbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-sors, side airbag sensors, driver’s seatposition sensor, driver’s seat belt buckleswitch, front seat belt pretensioner assem-blies, inflators, warning light, interconnect-ing wiring and power sources.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

125


If either of the following conditions occurs,this indicates a malfunction somewhere inthe parts monitored by the warning lightsystem. Contact your Toyota dealer assoon as possible to service the vehicle.



(l) “VSC” Warning Light

The light warns that there is a problemsomewhere in the vehicle stability controlsystem or traction control system.

The light will come on when the ignitionkey is turned to “ON”, and will go off afterabout a few seconds.

If the light comes on while driving, thevehicle stability control system and trac-tion control system do not work. However,as conventional braking operates when ap-plied, there is no problem to continue yourdriving.

In the following cases, contact your Toyotadealer:

� The light does not come on after theignition is turned to on.

� The light is left on after the ignition isturned to on.

� The light comes on while driving.

The “TRAC OFF” indicator light will comeon when the “VSC” warning light comeson even if the “TRAC OFF” switch is notpushed.

(m) Low Windshield Washer Fluid LevelWarning Light

The light warns that the windshield washerfluid level is too low. Add washer fluid atyour earliest opportunity. (For instructions,see “Adding washer fluid” in Section 7−3.)

(n) Key Reminder Buzzer

This buzzer reminds you to remove thekey when you open the driver’s door withthe ignition key in the “ACC” or “LOCK”position.

CHECKING SERVICE REMINDERINDICATORS (except the low fuel levelwarning light and low windshieldwasher fluid level warning light)

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Open one of the doors.The open door warning light shouldcome on.

3. Close the door.The open door warning light should gooff.

4. Turn the ignition key to “ON”, but donot start the engine.All the service reminder indicators ex-cept the open door warning light shouldcome on. The “ABS” and “VSC” warn-ing lights, “TRAC OFF” and slip indica-tor lights go off after a few seconds.The SRS warning light goes off afterabout 6 seconds.

If any service reminder indicator or warn-ing buzzer does not function as describedabove, have it checked by your Toyotadealer as soon as possible.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

126


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSIgnition switch, Transmission and Parking brakeIgnition switch with steering lock 127. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic transmission 128. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Traction control system 135. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vehicle stability control system 138. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parking brake 139. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cruise control 140. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1− 7

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

127


“START”—Starter motor on. The keywill return to the “ON” position whenreleased.

For starting tips, see Section 3.

“ON”—Engine on and all accessorieson.

This is the normal driving position.

“ACC”—Accessories such as the radiooperate, but the engine is off.

If you leave the key in the “ACC” or“LOCK” position and open the driver’sdoor, a buzzer will remind you to removethe key.

“LOCK”—Engine is off and the steeringwheel is locked. The key can be re-moved only at this position.

You must push in the key to turn the keyfrom “ACC” to the “LOCK” position. Theselector lever must be in the “P” positionbefore pushing the key.

Vehicles with engine immobilizer system—Once you remove the key, the engine im-mobilizer system is automatically set. (See“Engine immobilizer system” in Section1−2.)

When starting the engine, the key mayseem stuck at the “LOCK” position. Tofree it, first be sure the key is pushed allthe way in, and then rock the steeringwheel slightly while turning the key gently.

If the automatic unlocking operation linkedwith the ignition switch is set, all doorsare automatically unlocked when the igni-tion switch is turned from the “ON” posi-tion to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position. Fordetails, see “—Automatic door locking andunlocking functions” in Section 1−2.

NOTICE

Do not leave the key in the “ON”position if the engine is not running.The battery will discharge and theignition could be damaged.

Ignition switch with steeringlock

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

128


Your automatic transmission has a shiftlock system to minimize the possibility ofincorrect operation. This means you canonly shift out of “P” position when thebrake pedal is depressed (with the ignitionswitch in “ON” position and the lock re-lease button depressed).

(a) Selector lever

The shift position is also displayed on theinstrument cluster.

P: Parking, engine starting andkey removal

R: Reverse

N: Neutral

D: Normal driving (with overdrive on)

2: Stronger engine braking

L: Maximum engine braking

Automatic transmission�Floor shift type

Overdrive switch

With the brake pedal depressed,shift while holding the lock release button in. (The ignitionswitch must be in “ON”position.)

Shift while holding the lockrelease button in.

Shift normally.

Lock release buttonTo prevent misshifting Selector lever

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

129


(b) Overdrive switch

You can select either third gear (withoverdrive off) or fourth gear (with over-drive on) by pushing this switch.

To turn the overdrive off, push the switch.The “O/D OFF” indicator light should comeon. To turn the overdrive on again, pushthe switch again. The “O/D OFF” indicatorlight should go off.

Always drive your vehicle with the over-drive on for better fuel economy andquieter driving.

If the engine is turned off when the over-drive is off and restarted, the overdrivewill automatically be on.

When the cruise control is being used,even if you downshift the transmission bypushing and releasing the overdriveswitch, engine braking will not be enabledbecause the cruise control is not can-celled.

For ways to decrease the vehicle speed,see “Cruise control” in this Section.

(c) Normal driving

1. Start the engine as instructed in “Howto start the engine” in Section 3. Thetransmission must be in “P” or “N”.

2. With your foot holding down the brakepedal, shift the selector lever to “D”.

When the lever is in the “D” position, theautomatic transmission system will selectthe most suitable gear for running condi-tions such as normal cruising, hill climb-ing, hard towing, etc.

Always turn the overdrive on for betterfuel economy and quieter driving. If theengine coolant temperature is low, thetransmission will not shift into the over-drive gear even with the overdrive on.

CAUTION

Never put your foot on the accelera-tor pedal while shifting.

3. Release the parking brake and brakepedal. Depress the accelerator pedalslowly for smooth starting.

If the automatic locking operation linkedwith the shift position is set, all doors areautomatically locked when the selector le-ver is moved out of the “P” position afterthe ignition switch is turned to the “ON”position and all the doors are closed. Fordetails, see “—Automatic door locking andunlocking functions” in Section 1−2.

(d) Using engine braking

To use engine braking, you can downshiftthe transmission as follows:

� Push the overdrive switch. The “O/DOFF” indicator light will come on andthe transmission will downshift to thirdgear.

� Shift into the “2” position. The trans-mission will downshift to second gearwhen the vehicle speed drops down toor lower than 132 km/h (82 mph), andstronger engine braking will be en-abled.

� Shift into the “L” position. The trans-mission will downshift to first gearwhen the vehicle speed drops down toor lower than 59 km/h (36 mph), andmaximum engine braking will be en-abled.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

130




CAUTION

Be careful when downshifting on aslippery surface. Abrupt shiftingcould cause the vehicle to skid orspin.

(e) Using “2” and “L” positions

The “2” and “L” positions are used forstrong engine braking as described pre-viously.

With the selector lever in “2” or “L”, youcan start the vehicle in motion as with thelever in “D”.

With the selector lever in “2”, the vehiclewill start in first gear and automaticallyshift to second gear.

With the selector lever in “L”, the trans-mission is engaged in first gear.

NOTICE

� Be careful not to over−rev the en-gine. Watch the tachometer to keepengine rpm from going into the redzone. The approximate maximum al-lowable speed for each position isgiven below for your reference:

“2” 139 km/h (86 mph). . . . . . . . . . . “L” 76 km/h (47 mph). . . . . . . . . . . .

� Do not continue hill climbing orhard towing for a long time in the“2” or “L” position. This may causesevere automatic transmission dam-age from overheating. To preventsuch damage, “D” position shouldbe used in hill climbing or hardtowing.

(f) Backing up

1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.

2. With the brake pedal held down withyour foot, shift the selector lever to the“R” position.

NOTICE

Never shift into reverse while the ve-hicle is moving.

(g) Parking


2. With the brake pedal pressed down,fully depress the parking brake pedalto apply the parking brake securely.

3. With the brake pedal pressed down,shift the selector lever to the “P” posi-tion.

CAUTION

Never attempt to move the selectorlever into “P” position under any cir-cumstances while the vehicle is mov-ing. Serious mechanical damage andloss of vehicle control may result.

If the automatic unlocking operation linkedwith the shift position is set, all doors areautomatically unlocked when the selectorlever is moved to the “P” position afterthe ignition switch is turned to the “ON”position. For details, see “—Automaticdoor locking and unlocking functions” inSection 1−2.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

131


(h) Good driving practice

� If the transmission repeatedly shifts upand down between third gear and over-drive when climbing a gentle slope, theoverdrive should be turned off. Be sureto turn the switch on immediately after-ward.

� When towing a trailer, in order to main-tain engine braking efficiency, do notuse overdrive.

CAUTION

Always keep your foot on the brakepedal while stopped with the enginerunning. This prevents the vehiclefrom creeping.

NOTICE

Always use the brake pedal or theparking brake to hold the vehicle onan upgrade. Do not attempt to holdthe vehicle using the accelerator ped-al, as this can cause the transmissionto overheat.

(i) If you cannot shift the selector le-ver out of “P” position

If you cannot shift the selector lever fromthe “P” position even though the brakepedal is depressed, use the shift lockoverride button. For instructions, see “Ifyou cannot shift automatic transmissionselector lever” in Section 4.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

132


Your automatic transmission has a shiftlock system to minimize the possibility ofincorrect operation. This means you canonly shift out of “P” position when thebrake pedal is depressed (with the ignitionswitch in “ON” position and the selectorlever pulled toward you).

(a) Selector lever

The shift position is displayed on the in-strument cluster.

P: Parking, engine starting andkey removal

R: Reverse

N: Neutral

D: Normal driving (with overdrive on)

2: Stronger engine braking

L: Maximum engine braking

�Column shift type

Overdrive switchSelector lever

With the brake pedal depressed,shift while pilling the selector lever toward you. (The ignitionswitch must be in “ON”position.)

Shift while pulling the selector lever toward you.

Shift normally.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

133


(b) Overdrive switch

You can select either third gear (withoverdrive off) or fourth gear (with over-drive on) by pushing this switch.

To turn the overdrive off, push the switch.The “O/D OFF” indicator light should comeon. To turn the overdrive on again, pushthe switch again. The “O/D OFF” indicatorlight should go off.

Always drive your vehicle with the over-drive on for better fuel economy andquieter driving.

If the engine is turned off when the over-drive is off and restarted, the overdrivewill automatically be on.



(c) Normal driving

1. Start the engine as instructed in “Howto start the engine” in Section 3. Thetransmission must be in “P” or “N”.

2. With your foot holding down the brakepedal, shift the selector lever to “D”.

When the lever is in the “D” position, theautomatic transmission system will selectthe most suitable gear for running condi-tions such as normal cruising, hill climb-ing, hard towing, etc.

Always turn the overdrive on for betterfuel economy and quieter driving. If theengine coolant temperature is low, thetransmission will not shift into the over-drive gear even with the overdrive on.

CAUTION

Never put your foot on the accelera-tor pedal while shifting.

3. Release the parking brake and brakepedal. Depress the accelerator pedalslowly for smooth starting.

If the automatic locking operation linkedwith the shift position is set, all doors areautomatically locked when the selector le-ver is moved out of the “P” position afterthe ignition switch is turned to the “ON”position and all the doors are closed. Fordetails, see “—Automatic door locking andunlocking functions” in Section 1−2.

(d) Using engine braking

To use engine braking, you can downshiftthe transmission as follows:

� Push the overdrive switch. The “O/DOFF” indicator light will come on andthe transmission will downshift to thirdgear.

� Shift into the “2” position. The trans-mission will downshift to second gearwhen the vehicle speed drops down toor lower than 132 km/h (82 mph), andstronger engine braking will be en-abled.

� Shift into the “L” position. The trans-mission will downshift to first gearWhen the vehicle speed drops down toor lower than 59 km/h (36 mph), andmaximum engine braking will be en-abled.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

134




CAUTION

Be careful when downshifting on aslippery surface. Abrupt shiftingcould cause the vehicle to skid orspin.

(e) Using “2” and “L” positions

The “2” and “L” positions are used forstrong engine braking as described pre-viously.

With the selector lever in “2” or “L”, youcan start the vehicle in motion as with thelever in “D”.

With the selector lever in “2”, the vehiclewill start in first gear and automaticallyshift to second gear.

With the selector lever in “L”, the trans-mission is engaged in first gear.

NOTICE

� Be careful not to overrev the en-gine. Watch the tachometer to keepengine rpm from going into the redzone. The approximate maximum al-lowable speed for each position isgiven below for your reference:

“2” 139 km/h (86 mph). . . . . . . . . . . “L” 76 km/h (47 mph). . . . . . . . . . . .

� Do not continue hill climbing orhard towing for a long time in the“2” or “L” position. This may causesevere automatic transmission dam-age from overheating. To preventsuch damage, “D” position shouldbe used in hill climbing or hardtowing.

(f) Backing up


2. With the brake pedal held down withyour foot, shift the selector lever to the“R” position.

NOTICE

Never shift into reverse while the ve-hicle is moving.

(g) Parking


2. With the brake pedal pressed down,fully depress the parking brake pedalto apply the parking brake securely.

3. With the brake pedal pressed down,shift the selector lever to the “P” posi-tion.

CAUTION

Never attempt to move the selectorlever into “P” position under any cir-cumstances while the vehicle is mov-ing. Serious mechanical damage andloss of vehicle control may result.

If the automatic unlocking operation linkedwith the shift position is set, all doors areautomatically unlocked when the selectorlever is moved to the “P” position afterthe ignition switch is turned to the “ON”position. For details, see “—Automaticdoor locking and unlocking functions” inSection 1−2.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

135


(h) Good driving practice

� If the transmission repeatedly shifts upand down between third gear and over-drive when climbing a gentle slope, theoverdrive should be turned off. Be sureto turn the switch on immediately after-ward.

� When towing a trailer, in order to main-tain engine braking efficiency, do notuse overdrive.

CAUTION

Always keep your foot on the brakepedal while stopped with the enginerunning. This prevents the vehiclefrom creeping.

NOTICE

Always use the brake pedal or theparking brake to hold the vehicle onan upgrade. Do not attempt to holdthe vehicle using the accelerator ped-al, as this can cause the transmissionto overheat.

(i) If you cannot shift the selector le-ver out of “P” position

If you cannot shift the selector lever fromthe “P” position even though the brakepedal is depressed, use the shift lockoverride button. For instructions, see “Ifyou cannot shift automatic transmissionselector lever” in Section 4.

The traction control system automatical-ly helps prevent the spinning of frontwheels when the vehicle is started oraccelerated on slippery road surfaces.

When the ignition key is turned to “ON”,the system automatically turns on.

CAUTION

Under certain slippery road condi-tions, full traction of the vehicle andpower against front wheels cannot bemaintained, even though the tractioncontrol system is in operation. Do notdrive the vehicle under any speed ormaneuvering conditions which maycause the vehicle to lose tractioncontrol. In situations where the roadsurface is covered with ice or snow,your vehicle should be fitted withsnow tires or tire chains. Alwaysdrive at an appropriate and cautiousspeed for the present road condi-tions.

Traction control system

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

136


NORMAL DRIVING MODE

Leave the system on during the ordi-nary driving so that it can operatewhen needed.

You may hear a sound in the enginecompartment for a few seconds when theengine is started or just after the vehiclebegins to move. This means that the trac-tion control system is in the self−checkmode, but does not indicate a malfunction.

When the traction control system is oper-ating, the following conditions occur:

� The system controls the spinning of thefront wheels. At this time, the slip indi-cator light blinks.

� You may feel vibration or noise in yourvehicle, caused by operation of thebrakes. This indicates the system isfunctioning properly.

The slip indicator light comes on for a fewseconds when the ignition key is turnedto “ON”. If the indicator light does notcome on when the ignition is turned on,contact your Toyota dealer. TRACTION CONTROL OFF MODE

When getting the vehicle out of mud ornewly fallen snow, etc., turn off thetraction control system. This systemthat controls engine performance inter-feres with the process of freeing frontwheels.

To turn off: Push “TRAC OFF” switch.

The “TRAC OFF” indicator light will comeon.

The vehicle stability control system is al-ways activated, even if the traction controlsystem is turned off.

To turn on: Push “TRAC OFF” switchonce again.

The “TRAC OFF” indicator light will go off.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

137


“TRAC OFF” indicator light comes on fora few seconds when the ignition key isturned to “ON”. It will come on againwhen you push the “TRAC OFF” switch toturn off the system.


� The indicator light does not come onwhen the ignition key is turned “ON”.

� The indicator light remains on after theignition is turned on.

� The indicator light comes on with thenormal driving mode while driving.

“VSC” warning light

This light warns that there is a problemsomewhere in the traction control systemor the vehicle stability control system.

The light will come on when the ignitionkey is turned to “ON” and will go off aftera few seconds.

If the light comes on while driving, thesystem does not work. However, as con-ventional braking operates when applied,there is no problem to continue your driv-ing.


� The warning light does not come onafter the ignition key is turned to “ON”.

� The warning light remains on after theignition key is turned to “ON”.

� The warning light comes on while driv-ing.


’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

138


The vehicle stability control systemhelps provide integrated control of thesystems such as anti−lock brake sys-tem, traction control, engine control,etc. This system automatically controlsthe brakes and engine to help preventthe vehicle from skidding when corner-ing on a slippery road surface or oper-ating steering wheel abruptly.

This system will activate when your ve-hicle speed reaches or exceeds 15 km/h(9 mph), and will deactivate when the ve-hicle speed reduces to below 15 km/h (9mph).

You may hear a sound in the enginecompartment for a few seconds when theengine is started or just after the vehiclebegins to move. This means that the sys-tem is in the self−check mode but doesnot indicate a malfunction.

CAUTION

� Do not rely excessively on the ve-hicle stability control system. Evenif the vehicle stability control sys-tem is operating, you must alwaysdrive carefully and attentively toavoid serious injury. Reckless driv-ing will result in an unexpected ac-cident. If the slip indicator lightflashes and an alarm sounds, spe-cial care should be taken whiledriving.

� Only use tires of specified size. Thesize, manufacture, brand and treadpattern for all 4 tires should be thesame. If you use the tires otherthan specified, different type orsize, the vehicle stability controlsystem may not function correctly.When replacing the tires or wheels,contact your Toyota dealer. (See“Checking and replacing tires” inSection 7−2.)

� In situations where the road surfaceis covered with ice or snow, yourvehicle should be fitted with snowtires or tire chains.

If the vehicle is going to skid during driv-ing, the slip indicator light blinks and analarm sounds intermittently. Special careshould be taken while driving.

The slip indicator light comes on for a fewseconds when the ignition key is turnedto “ON”. If the indicator light does notcome on when the ignition is turned on,contact your Toyota dealer.

Vehicle stability controlsystem

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

139


“VSC” warning light

This light warns that there is a problemsomewhere in the vehicle stability controlsystem or the traction control system.

The light will come on when the ignitionkey is turned to “ON” and will go off aftera few seconds.

If the light comes on while driving, thesystem does not work. However, as con-ventional braking operates when applied,there is no problem to continue your driv-ing.


� The warning light does not come onafter the ignition key is turned to “ON”.

� The warning light remains on after theignition key is turned to “ON”.

� The warning light comes on while driv-ing.


Type A

Type B

Parking brake

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

140


When parking, firmly apply the parkingbrake to avoid inadvertent creeping.

To set: Fully depress the parking brakepedal. For better holding power, first de-press the brake pedal and hold it whilesetting the parking brake.To release: Depress the parking brakepedal while depressing the brake pedal.

To remind you that the parking brake isset, the parking brake reminder light inthe instrument panel remains on until yourelease the parking brake.

CAUTION

Before driving, be sure the parkingbrake is fully released and the park-ing brake reminder light is off.

The cruise control allows you to cruisethe vehicle at a desired speed over 40km/h (25 mph) with your foot off theaccelerator pedal.

Your cruising speed can be maintainedalthough a slight speed change may occurwhen driving up or down gradient, withinthe limits of engine performance. Onsteeper hills, a greater speed change willoccur so it is better to drive without thecruise control.

When the cruise control is on, the drivingpattern of the automatic transmission isfixed in the normal position, regardless ofthe position of the selector switch.

CAUTION

� To help maintain maximum controlof your vehicle, do not use thecruise control when driving inheavy or varying traffic, or on slip-pery (rainy, icy or snow−covered) orwinding roads.

� Avoid vehicle speed increases whendriving downhill. If the vehiclespeed is too fast in relation to thecruise control set speed, cancel thecruise control then downshift thetransmission to use engine brakingto slow down.

Cruise control

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

141


TURNING THE SYSTEM ON

To operate the cruise control, push “ON/OFF” button. This turns the system on.The indicator light in the instrument clus-ter shows that you can now set your de-sired cruising speed. Another push willturn the system completely off.

When the ignition key is turned off, thesystem automatically turned off. To usethe cruise control again, push “ON/OFF”button again to turn it on.

CAUTION

To avoid accidental cruise control en-gagement, keep the cruise controlsystem off when not using the cruisecontrol.

SETTING AT A DESIRED SPEED

The transmission must be in “D” beforeyou set the cruise control speed.

Bring your vehicle to the desired speed,push “COAST SET” button and release it.This sets the vehicle at that speed. If thespeed is not satisfactory, push “RES ACC”button for a faster speed, or push “SETCOAST” button for a slower speed. Eachpush changes the set speed by 1.6 km/h(1.0 mph). You can now take your foot offthe accelerator pedal.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

142


If you need acceleration—for example,when passing—depress the acceleratorpedal enough for the vehicle to exceedthe set speed. When you release it, thevehicle will return to the speed set priorto the acceleration.

CANCELLING THE PRESET SPEED

You can cancel the preset speed by:

a. Depressing the brake pedal.

b. Pushing “CANCEL” button and releas-ing it.

c. Pushing “ON/OFF” button.

If the vehicle speed falls below about 40km/h (25 mph), the preset speed will beautomatically cancelled.

If the vehicle speed drops 16 km/h (10mph) below the preset speed, the presetspeed will be also automatically cancelled.

If the preset speed automatically cancelsout for any other reasons, have your ve-hicle checked by your Toyota dealer at theearliest opportunity.

RESETTING TO A FASTER SPEED

Push “RES ACC” button and hold it. Re-lease the button the desired speed is at-tained. While the button is pushed, thevehicle will gradually gain speed.

When the difference between the actualvehicle speed and the set speed is lessthan 5 km/h (3 mph), the set speed canbe increased 1.6 km/h (1 mph) each timeby pushing “RES ACC” button quicklywithin 0.6 seconds.

However, a faster way to reset is to ac-celerate the vehicle and then push“COAST SET” button.

RESETTING TO A SLOWER SPEED

Push “COAST SET” button and hold it.Release the button when the desiredspeed is attained. While the button ispushed, the vehicle speed will graduallydecrease.

When the difference is 5 km/h (3 mph) ormore, the vehicle will cruise with its actu-al speed. When the difference between theactual vehicle speed and the set speed isless than 5 km/h (3 mph), the set speedcan be lowered 1.6 km/h (1 mph) eachtime by pushing “COAST SET” buttonquickly within 0.6 seconds.

However, a faster way to reset is to de-press the brake pedal and then push“COAST SET” button.

Even if you turn off the overdrive switchwith the cruise control on, engine brakingwill not be applied because the cruisecontrol is not cancelled. To decrease thevehicle speed, reset to a slower speedwith the cruise control button or depressthe brake pedal. If you use the brakepedal, cruise control is cancelled.

RESUMING THE PRESET SPEED

If the preset speed is cancelled by push-ing “CANCEL” button or by depressing thebrake pedal, pushing “RES ACC” buttonwill restore the speed set prior to can-cellation. However, once the vehicle speedfalls below about 40 km/h (25 mph), thepreset speed will not be resumed.

CRUISE CONTROL FAILURE WARNING

If “CRUISE” indicator light in the instru-ment cluster flashes when using thecruise control, push “ON/OFF” button toturn the system off and then push it againto turn it on.

If any of the following conditions then oc-curs, there is some trouble in the cruisecontrol system.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

143


� The indicator light does not come on.

� The indicator light flashes again.

� The indicator light goes out after itcomes on.

If this is the case, contact your Toyotadealer and have your vehicle inspected.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

144


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSCar audio systemReference 145. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using your audio system 145. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Car audio system operating hints 165. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1− 8

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

145


Type 1: AM·FM radio/cassette player/com-pact disc player (with compact discchanger controller)

Type 2: AM·FM radio/cassette player/com-pact disc player with changer

This section describes some of the basicfeatures on Toyota audio systems. Someinformation may not pertain to your sys-tem.

Your audio system works when the ignitionkey is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.

TURNING THE SYSTEM ON AND OFF

Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio systemon and off.

Push “AM”, “FM”, “TAPE” or “CD” to turnon that function without pushing“PWR·VOL”.

You can turn on each player by insertinga cassette tape or compact disc.

You can turn off each player by ejectingthe cassette tape or compact disc. If theaudio system was previously off, then theentire audio system will be turned offwhen you eject the cassette tape or com-pact disc. If the another function was pre-viously playing, it will come on again.

SWITCHING BETWEEN FUNCTIONS

Push “AM”, “FM”, “TAPE” or “CD” if thesystem is already on but you want toswitch from one function to another.

ReferenceUsing your audio system——Some basics

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

146


TONE AND BALANCE

For details about your system’s tone andbalance controls, see the description ofyour own system.

Tone

How good an audio program sounds toyou is largely determined by the mix ofthe treble, midrange, and bass levels. Infact, different kinds of music and vocalprograms usually sound better with differ-ent mixes of treble, midrange and bass.

Balance

A good balance of the left and right stereochannels and of the front and rear soundlevels is also important.

Keep in mind that if you are listening toa stereo recording or broadcast, changingthe right/left balance will increase the vol-ume of one group of sounds while de-creasing the volume of another.

YOUR RADIO ANTENNA

Your vehicle has an antenna printed onthe inside of the rear window.

NOTICE

Attaching the film (especially conduc-tive or metallic type) on the rear win-dow will noticeably reduce the sensi-tivity of the radio.

YOUR CASSETTE PLAYER

When you insert a cassette, the exposedtape should face to the right.

NOTICE

Do not oil any part of the player anddo not insert anything other than cas-sette tapes into the slot, or the tapeplayer may be damaged.

YOUR COMPACT DISC PLAYER (type 1)

When you insert a disc, gently push it inwith the label side up. (The player willautomatically eject a disc if the label sideis down.) The compact disc player willplay from track 1 through the end of thedisc. Then it will play from track 1 again.

NOTICE

Never try to disassemble or oil anypart of the compact disc player. Donot insert anything other than com-pact discs into the slot.

The player is intended for use with 12 cm(4.7 in.) discs only.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

147


YOUR COMPACT DISC CHANGER (type2)

When you insert a disc, push the “LOAD”button and gently push the disc in withthe label side up. (The player will auto-matically eject a disc if the label side isdown.) The compact disc changer will playfrom track 1 through the end of the disc.Then it will play from track 1 of the nextdisc.

The changer is intended for use with 12cm (4.7 in.) discs only.

NOTICE

� Do not stack up two discs for in-sertion, or it will cause damage tothe compact disc changer. Insertonly one compact disc into slot ata time.

� Never try to disassemble or oil anypart of the compact disc player. Donot insert anything other than com-pact discs into the slot.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

148


Details of specific buttons, controls, andfeatures are described in the alphabeticallist that follows.

—Controls and features�Type 1

Preset buttons

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

149


Preset buttons

These buttons are used to preset andtune in radio stations.

To preset a station to a button: Tune inthe desired station. (See “TUNE” or“SEEK” button.) Push and hold down thebutton until you hear a beep—this will setthe station to the button. The button num-ber will appear on the display.

To tune in to a preset station: Push thebutton for the station you want. The but-ton number and station frequency will ap-pear on the display.

These systems can store one AM and twoFM stations for each button. (The displaywill show “AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” when youpush “AM” “FM”.)

(Eject button)

Push the cassette tape eject button toeject a cassette. Push the compact disceject button to eject a compact disc.

After you turn the ignition to “LOCK”, youwill be able to eject a cassette or disc,but you will not be able to reinsert it.

(Reverse/Fast forward button)

Cassette Player

Push the fast forward button to fast for-ward a cassette tape. “ ” will appearon the display. Push the reverse button torewind a tape. “ ” will appear on thedisplay.

To stop the tape while it is fast forward-ing, push the fast forward button or“TAPE”; to stop the tape while it is re-winding, push the reverse button or“TAPE”.

If a tape side rewinds completely, the cas-sette player will stop and then play thatsame side. If a tape fast forwards com-pletely, the cassette player will play theother side of the tape, using the auto−re-verse feature.

Compact Disc Player

If you want to fast forward or reversethrough a compact disc track, push andhold in the fast forward or reverse button.When you release the button, the compactdisc player will resume playing.

AM

Push “AM” to turn on the radio and selectthe AM band. “AM” will appear on thedisplay.

If the audio system is off, you can turnon the radio by pushing “AM”. Also, push“AM” to switch from cassette or compactdisc operation to radio operation.

AUDIO CTRL / MODE (Audio controland mode adjustment)

Manual tone adjustment function—

This knob is used to adjust the tonemanually.

For low−pitch tone adjustment, push“AUDIO CTRL / MODE” repeatedly until“BASS” appears on the display. Then turnthe knob to suit your preference.

The display will show the range from“BASS −5” to “BASS 5”.

For middle−pitch tone adjustment, push“AUDIO CTRL / MODE” repeatedly until“MID” appears on the display. Then turnthe knob to suit your preference.

The display will show the range from “MID−5” to “MID 5”.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

150


For high−pitch tone adjustment, push“AUDIO CTRL / MODE” repeatedly until“TREB” appears on the display. Then turnthe knob to suit your preference.

The display will show the range from“TREB −5” to “TREB 5”.

Sound balance adjustment function—

This knob is also used to adjust thesound balance between the front and rear,and the right and left speakers.

For front/rear adjustment, push “AUDIOCTRL / MODE” repeatedly until “FADE”appears on the display. Then turn theknob to adjust the front/rear balance.

The display will show the range from“FADE FRONT 7” to “FADE REAR 7”.

For left/right adjustment, push “AUDIOCTRL / MODE” repeatedly until “BAL” ap-pears on the display. Then turn the knobto adjust the left/right balance.

The display will show the range from “BALLEFT 7” to “BAL RIGHT 7”.

CD (Compact Disc)

Push “CD” to switch from radio or cas-sette operation to compact disc operation.If the audio system is off, you can turnon the compact disc player by pushing“CD”. In both cases, a disc must alreadybe loaded in the player.

When the audio is set into compact discoperation, the display shows the track or,track and disc number currently beingplayed. Each time you push “CD”, thesystem changes to the automatic changer.

If the player malfunctions, your audio sys-tem will display one of the six followingerror messages.

If “WAIT” appears on the display, it indi-cates that the inside of the player unitmay be too hot due to the very high ambi-ent temperature. Remove the disc or mag-azine from the player and allow the playerto cool down.

If “Err 1” appears on the display, itindicates the disc is dirty, damaged, or itwas inserted up−side down. Clean thedisc or insert it correctly.

If “Err 2” appears on the display, itindicates no disc is loaded inside themagazine. Insert a disc.

If “Err 3” or “Err 4” appears on thedisplay, it indicates there is a trouble in-side the system. Eject the disc or maga-zine. Set the disc or magazine again.

If “OPEn” appears on the display, itindicates the compact disc changer lid isopen. Close the compact disc changer lid.

If the malfunction is not rectified, takeyour vehicle to your Toyota dealer.

DISC

Compact disc changer only—

By using this button, you can select adisc you wish to listen to.

Push either side of the button until thenumber of the disc you want to listen toappears on the display.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

151


Dolby� B NR∗

If you are listening to a tape that wasrecorded with Dolby� B Noise Reduction,push the “ ” button. The “ B” willappear on the display. Push the buttonagain to turn off Dolby� B NR.

The Dolby NR mode reduces tape noiseby about 10 dB. For best sound reproduc-tion, play your tapes with this button onor off according to the mode used forrecording the tape.∗: Dolby noise reduction manufactured under license fromDolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. “DOLBY” and thedouble D symbol are trademarks of Dolby LaboratoriesLicensing Corporation.

FM

Push “FM” to turn on the radio and selectthe FM band. “FM1” or “FM2” will appearon the display. This system allows you toset twelve FM stations, two for each but-ton.

If the audio system is off, you can turnon the radio by pushing “FM”. Also, push“FM” to switch from cassette or compactdisc operation to radio operation.

PROG (Program)

Push “ ” to select the other side of acassette tape. The display indicates whichside is currently selected (“ ” indicates

top side, “ ” indicates bottom side).

Auto−reverse feature: After the cassetteplayer reaches the end of a tape side, itautomatically reverses and begins to playthe other side. This is true whether thecassette was playing or fast forwarding.

PWR·VOL (Power and Volume)

Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio systemon and off. Turn “PWR·VOL” to adjust thevolume.

RND (Random)

There are two random features—you caneither listen to the tracks on all the com-pact discs in the magazine in random or-der, or only listen to the tracks on aspecific compact disc in random order.

To randomly play the tracks on a disc:Quickly push and release “ ”. “ ”will appear on the display. The disc youare listening to will play in random order.If you hear a beep, you held the buttontoo long, and the player will play all thetracks in the magazine in random order.To turn off the random feature, push thisbutton again.


To randomly play all the tracks in themagazine:Push and hold “ ” until you hear abeep. “ ” will appear on the displayand the player will perform all the trackson all the discs in the magazine in ran-dom order. To turn off the random feature,push this button again.

RPT (Repeat)

Cassette Player

Push “ ” while the track is playing.“ ” will appear on the display. Whenthe track ends, it will automatically berewound and replayed. This process willbe continued until you push the buttonagain to turn off the repeat feature.

There must be at least 3 seconds of blankspace between tracks in order for the re-peat feature to work correctly.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

152


Compact Disc Player

There are two repeat features—you caneither replay a disc track or a whole com-pact disc.

Repeating a track:Quickly push and release “ ” while thetrack is playing. “ ” will appear on thedisplay. If you hear a beep, you held thebutton too long, and the player will repeatthe whole disc. When the track ends, itwill automatically be replayed. This pro-cess will be continued until you push thebutton again to turn off the repeat feature.


Repeating a disc:Push and hold “ ” until you hear abeep. “ ” will appear on the display.The player will repeat all the tracks on thedisc you are listening to. When the discends, the player will automatically go backto the first track on the disc and replay.To turn off the repeat feature, push thisbutton again.

SCAN

Radio

You can either scan all the frequencies ona band or scan only the preset stationsfor that band.

To scan the preset stations: Push and hold “SCAN” until you hear abeep. The radio will tune in the next pres-et station up the band, stay there for 5seconds, and then move to the next pre-set station. To select a station, push“SCAN” again.

To scan all the frequencies: Quickly push and release “SCAN”. If youhear a beep, you held the button too long,and the radio will scan the preset sta-tions. The radio will find the next stationup the station band, stay there for 5 se-conds, and then scan again. To select astation, push “SCAN” again.

Compact Disc Player

There are two scan features—you can ei-ther scan the tracks on a specific disc orscan the first tracks of all the discs in themagazine.

Scanning the tracks on a disc:Quickly push and release “SCAN”. “SCAN”will appear on the display and the playerwill scan all the tracks on the disc youare listening to. If you hear a beep, youheld the button too long, and the playerwill scan the first track of all the discs inthe magazine. To select a track, push“SCAN” again. If the player scanned allthe tracks on the disc, it will stop scan-ning.


Scanning the first track of all the discs inthe magazine:Push “SCAN” until you hear a beep.

“ ·SCAN” will appear on the display

and the player will perform the first trackof the next disc. To select a disc, pushthe “SCAN” again. If the player hasscanned all the discs, it will stop scan-ning.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

153


SEEK (Seeking)

Radio

In the seek mode, the radio finds andplays the next station up or down thestation band.

To seek the next station, quickly push andrelease the “�” or “�” side of “SEEK”.Do this again to find the station after that.

If you push and hold the “�” or “�” sideof “SEEK”, the radio will continue seekingup or down for stations and will stop atthe next station that it finds after the but-ton is released. on reception. Press thebutton again to resume the search.

Cassette Player

By using this button, you can skip up ordown to a different track.

You can skip up to nine tracks at a time.

Push the up or down side of the button.From “SEEK +9” to “SEEK −9” will appearon the display.

Next, push either side of the track buttonuntil the number on the display reachesthe number of tracks you want to skip. Ifyou push the button ten times, the skipfeature will be turned off.

When counting the number of tracks youwant to rewind, remember to count thecurrent track as well. For example, if youwant to rewind to a song that is two be-fore the song you are listening to, pushon the down side of the button until “REW3” appears on the display.

If you have pushed the track button morethan you wanted to, push the other sideof the button. The track number will bereduced.

The track number you select is not validif it is higher than the number of tracksremaining on the current cassette side.

� After the beginning of the tape isreached, the player will automaticallystart playing the same side.

� After the end of the tape is reached,the player will automatically reversesides and start playing the other side.

There must be at least 3 seconds of blankspace between tracks for the track buttonto work correctly. In addition, the featuremay not work well with some spokenword, live, or classical recordings.

ST (Stereo reception) display

Your radio automatically changes to stereoreception when a stereo broadcast is re-ceived. “ST” appears on the display. If thesignal becomes weak, the radio reducesthe amount of channel separation to prev-ent the weak signal from creating noise.If the signal becomes extremely weak, theradio switches from stereo to mono recep-tion.

TAPE

Push “TAPE” to switch from radio or com-pact disc operation to cassette operation.If the audio system is off, you can turnon the cassette player by pushing “TAPE”.In both cases, a cassette must already beloaded in the player.

TRACK (Track up/down button): Compact Disc Player


Push either side of the track button untilthe number of the track you want to listento appears on the display. If you want toreturn to the beginning of the currenttrack, push the down side of the buttonone time, quickly.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

154


TUNE (Tuning)

Push and release the “�” or “�” side of“TUNE” to step up or down the stationband. Do this again to find another fre-quency.

If you push and hold the “�” or “�” sideof “TUNE”, the radio will continue seekingup or down for frequencies and will stopat the next frequency that it finds after thebutton is released. Press the button againto resume the search.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

155


Details of specific buttons, controls, andfeatures are described in the alphabeticallist that follows.

�Type 2

Preset buttons

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

156


Preset buttons

These buttons are used to preset andtune in radio stations. These preset but-tons are programmable only when RDS isnot selected.

To preset a station to a button: Tune inthe desired station. (See “TUNE” or“SEEK” button.) Push and hold down thebutton until you hear a beep—this will setthe station to the button. The preset but-ton number will appear on the display.

To tune in to a preset station: Push thebutton for the station you want. The pre-set button number and station frequencywill appear on the display.

This radio can store one AM and two FMstations for each button. (The display willshow “AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” when youpush “AM” “FM”.)

(Eject button)

Cassette tape

This button is used to eject a cassette.

While the ignition is in “LOCK”, you caneject a cassette but you cannot reinsertit.

Compact disc

This button is used to eject one or allcompact discs. To eject the current com-pact disc, push and release the compactdisc eject button. To eject all specificdiscs, push either side of the “DISC” but-ton until the number of the disc you wantto eject is displayed. Push and releasethe eject button. To eject all discs, pressand hold the eject button until you heara beep. The last compact disc played be-fore pushing the button will be ejectedfirst. If the ejected disc is not removed fora long time, the eject function will becancelled.

While the ignition is in “LOCK”, you caneject one or all discs but you cannot rein-sert them.

(Reverse/Fast−forward button)

Cassette Player

Push the fast−forward button to fast−for-ward a cassette tape. “ ” will appearon the display. Push the reverse button to

rewind a tape. “ ” will appear on thedisplay.

To stop the tape while it is fast−forward-ing, push the fast−forward button or“TAPE”; to stop the tape while it is re-winding, push the reverse button or“TAPE”.

If a tape rewinds completely, the cassetteplayer will stop and then play that sameside. If a tape fast−forwards completely,the cassette will play the other side of thetape using the auto−reverse feature.

Compact Disc Player

If you want to fast−forward or reverse acompact disc track, push and hold thefast−forward or reverse button. When yourelease the button, the compact disc play-er will resume playing.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

157


AM

Push “AM” to turn on the radio and selectthe AM band. “AM” will appear on thedisplay.

If the audio system is off, you can turnon the radio by pushing “AM”. Also, push“AM” to switch from cassette or compactdisc operation to AM.

AUDIO CTRL / MODE (Audio controland mode adjustment)

Each time you push the AUDIO CONTROLknob, the mode changes. To adjust thetone and balance, turn the knob.

BASS: Adjusts low−pitched tones. The dis-play ranges from −5 to 5.

MID: Adjusts mid−pitched tones. The dis-play ranges from −5 to 5.

TREBLE: Adjusts high−pitched tones. Thedisplay ranges from −5 to 5.

BALANCE: Adjusts the sound balance be-tween the right and left speakers. Thedisplay ranges from −7 to 7.

FADER: Adjusts the sound balance be-tween the front and rear speakers. Thedisplay ranges from −7 to 7.

CD (Compact Disc)

Push “CD” while in radio or cassettemode to switch to compact disc mode. Ifthe audio system is off, pressing “CD” willturn on the compact disc player. A discmust be loaded in the player.

When the audio is set into compact discoperation, the display shows the track or,track and disc number currently beingplayed.

If the player or another unit equipped withthe player malfunctions, your audio systemwill display one of the six following errormessages.

Error codes

“WAIT”: The compact disc player unitmay be too hot due to temperature. Allowthe player to cool down.

“ERR 1”: The disc may be dirty, damagedor inserted incorrectly (up−side down).Clean disc and re−insert.

“ERR 2”: The compact disc player isempty. Load disc and re−try.

“ERR 3” or “ERR 4”: This indicates in-ternal error. Re−load discs.

“OPEn”: The compact disc changer lid isopen. Close the compact disc changer lid.

If the malfunction still exists, take yourvehicle to your Toyota dealer.

DISC

By using this button, you can select adisc you wish to listen to.

Push either side of the button until thenumber of the disc you want to listenappears on the display.

Dolby� B NR∗

If you are listening to a tape that wasrecorded with Dolby� B Noise Reduction,push the “ ” button. The “ B” willappear on the display. Push the buttonagain to turn off Dolby� B NR.

The Dolby NR mode reduces tape noiseby about 10 dB. For best sound reproduc-tion, play your tapes with this button onor off according to the mode used forrecording the tape.∗: Dolby noise reduction manufactured under license fromDolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. “DOLBY” and thedouble D symbol are trademarks of Dolby LaboratoriesLicensing Corporation.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

158


FM

Push “FM” to turn on the radio to FMband. “FM1” or “FM2” will appear on thedisplay. This system allows you to settwelve FM stations, two for each of thesix preset button.

If the audio system is off, you can turnon the radio by pushing “FM”. Also, push“FM” to switch from cassette or compactdisc operation to FM.

LOAD

This button is used to load the compactdiscs in the compact disc changer whichis integrated with the radio and cassetteplayer. This compact disc changer canstore up to 6 discs.

The key must be in the “ACC” or “ON”position for the load function.

Loading one compact disc only—

To load one compact disc only, quicklypush and release the button. If you holdthe button too long (if the audio systemis on at this time, you hear a beep.), themechanism will change to the mode forloading multiple compact discs. Afterpushing the button, insert a compact disc.After the disc is loaded, the shutter of theslot will close.

If no compact disc is inserted, the shutterwill close after 15 seconds.

Loading multiple compact discs—

To load multiple compact discs, push andhold the button (until you hear a beepwhen the audio system is on). After push-ing the button, insert the first compactdisc. After the disc is loaded, the shutterof the slot will close. After a few seconds,the shutter will automatically open againso the next disc can be inserted. Thesame process can be applied for loadingthe rest of the discs.

If no compact disc is inserted, the shutterwill close after 15 seconds.

MSG (Message)

This button is operational only in RDSmode.

When an RDS radio station transmits atext message, “MSG” will be displayed. Atthis time, push “MSG” button to view thetext message. The message display willbe canceled if any button that affects thedisplay is pushed. To view the messageagain, push the “MSG” button again. Afterthe entire message has been displayed,the message will disappear.

The RDS audio system has memory tostore three 64 character messages. Tostore a message in memory, push andhold the “MSG” button until you hear abeep.

If 3 messages are already stored inmemory, the oldest message will be over-written by the new message.

To recall a radio text message, push the“MSG” button momentarily. This will dis-play the most recent message. A secondpush of the “MSG” button while the moststored message(s) are displayed beginswith the newest one.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

159


If no messages have been stored, or ifthere are no more messages to be re-called, “NO MSG STORED” will appear onthe display, and the message display willbe canceled. The display then returns toshow the program service name. Themessage display will be canceled if youactivate any function that affects the dis-play.Message display can be canceled bypressing any of the following buttons:“AM”, “FM”, “CD”, “TAPE”, “LOAD”,“SEEK”, “TUNE”, any preset, “SCAN”, anyaudio control, “RDS”, “SRCH” or “<PROGTYPES>”. If the current station is not atraffic program and traffic announcementsis off, pushing “TRAF” will cancel the dis-play. The message will be canceled afterthe entire message has been displayed.

PROG (Program)

The “ ” button switches the side ofthe cassette being played. The display in-dicates which side is currently selected(“�” indicates top side, “�” indicates bot-tom side).

Auto−reverse feature: After the cassettereaches the end of a tape, it automaticallyreverses and begins to play the otherside. This feature works both in play andfast−forward mode.

<PROG TYPES> (Program Types)

This button is operational only in RDSmode.

This button is used for program type(PTY) search of RDS stations. 32 programtypes are available as listed here.

By pushing this button, RDS turns on inFM mode and “RDS” will be displayed. Ifthe program type search is not alreadyperformed, the radio will start a programtype search (see “SRCH” for details). If aprogram type search has already beenperformed, the last active program typewill be tuned.

If you are already in FM type mode anda program type is not already being dis-played, pushing this button will recall thedisplay for the current program type.

After a program type is being displayed,subsequent pushes of this button within 3seconds will toggle through the availableprogram types. Pushing the right or leftarrows repeatedly will increment or decre-ment the display through the available pro-gram types in alphabetical order.

Program Type List

The following program type names areavailable. After a program type search,the radio will display one of the followingprogram types for 3 seconds, then theprogram type name for 3 seconds (ifavailable). After that, it will display thefirst 8 characters of the program servicename of the current station.

Program types included are

� Adlt Hit (Adult Hits)

� Alert! (Emergency message)

� Classicl (Classical)

� Cls Rock (Classic Rock)

� College

� Country

� Inform (Information)

� Jazz

� Language

� News

� Nostalga (Nostalgia)

� Oldies

� Persnlty (Personality)

� Public

� R & B (Rhythm and Blues)

� Rel Musc (Religious Music)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

160


� Rel Talk (Religious Talk)

� Rock

� Soft

� Soft R&B (Soft Rhythm and Blues)

� Soft Rck (Soft Rock)

� Sports

� Talk

� Test (Emergency Test)

� Top 40

� Weather

PWR·VOL (Power and Volume)

Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio systemon and off. Turn “PWR·VOL” to adjust thevolume.

RDS (Radio Data System)

Your audio system is equipped with RadioData Systems (RDS). RDS mode providesyou to receive text messages from radiostations that utilize RDS transmitters.

If the FM radio, cassette player or com-pact disc player is on, pushing this buttonwill turn RDS on or off.

When RDS is on, the radio can—select only stations of a particular pro-gram type,—seek to stations with traffic announce-ments,—display messages from radio stations,—search for a stronger signal station,—receive announcements concerning localand national emergencies (even if RDSfunction is turned off)

RDS features are available for use onlyon FM stations which broadcast RDS in-formation.

ALERT: This type of announcement warnsof national or local emergencies. You willnot be able to turn off alert announce-ments. Alert announcements will come oneven if RDS mode is turned off. “Alert!”appears on the display when an alert an-nouncement plays. The radio uses TA vol-ume during these announcements. Whenan alert announcement comes on thetuned radio station or a related networkstation, you will hear it even if the volumeis muted or a cassette tape or compactdisc is playing. If the radio tunes to arelated network station for an alert an-nouncement, it will return to the originalstation when the announcement is fin-ished. If the cassette tape or compactdisc player is playing, play will stop forthe announcement and resume when theannouncement is finished.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

161


RND (Random)

There are two random features—you caneither listen to the tracks on all the com-pact discs in the magazine in random or-der, or only listen to the tracks on aspecific compact disc in random order.

To randomly play the tracks on a disc:Quickly push and release “ ”. “ ”will appear on the display. The disc youare listening to will play in random order.If you hear a beep, the player will play allthe tracks in the magazine in random or-der. To turn off the random feature, pushthis button again.

To randomly play all the tracks in themagazine:

Push and hold “ ” until you hear abeep. “ ” will appear on the displayand the player will perform all the trackson all the discs in the magazine in ran-dom order. To turn off the random feature,push this button again.

RPT (Repeat)

Cassette Player

Push “ ” while the track is playing.“ ” will appear on the display. Whenthe track ends, it will automatically rewindand replay. To turn off the repeat feature,push this button again.

There must be at least 3 seconds of blankspace between tracks in order for the re-peat feature to work correctly.

Compact Disc Player

There are two repeat features—you caneither replay a disc track or a whole com-pact disc.

Repeating a track:

Quickly push and release “ ” while thetrack is playing. “ ” will appear on thedisplay. If you hear a beep, the player willrepeat the whole disc. When the trackends, it will automatically replay. To turnoff the repeat feature, push this buttonagain.

Repeating a disc:

Push and hold “ ” until you hear abeep. “ ” will appear on the display.The player will repeat all the tracks on thedisc you are listening to. When the discends, the player will automatically go backto the first track on the disc and replay.To turn off the repeat feature, push thisbutton again.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

162


SCAN

Radio

You can either scan all the frequencies ona band or scan only the preset stationsfor that band.

To scan the preset stations: Push and hold “SCAN” until you hear abeep. The radio will tune in the next pres-et station up the band, stay there for 5seconds, and then move to the next pre-set station. To select a station, push“SCAN” again.

To scan all the frequencies: Quickly push and release “SCAN”. Theradio will find the next station up the sta-tion band, stay there for 5 seconds, andthen scan again to the next preset. Toselect a station, push “SCAN” again. Ifyou hear a beep, the radio will scan thepreset stations.

Compact Disc Player

There are two scan features—you can ei-ther scan the tracks on a specific disc orscan the first tracks of all the discs in themagazine.

Scanning the tracks on a disc:Quickly push and release “SCAN”. “SCAN”will appear on the display and the playerwill scan all the tracks on the disc youare listening to. If you hear a beep, theplayer will scan the first track of all thediscs in the magazine. To select a track,push “SCAN” again. If the player scannedall the tracks on the disc, it will stopscanning.

Scanning the first track of all the discs inthe magazine:Push “SCAN” until you hear a beep.“DSCAN” will appear on the display andthe player will scan the first track of thenext disc. To select a disc, push the“SCAN” again. If the player has scannedall the discs, it will stop scanning.

SEEK (Seeking)

Radio

In the seek mode, the radio finds andplays the next station up or down thestation band.

To seek the next station, quickly push andrelease the “�” or “�” side of “SEEK”.Do this again to find the station after that.

If you push and hold the “�” or “�” sideof “SEEK”, the radio will continue seekingup or down for stations and will stop atthe next station that it finds after the but-ton is released. Press the button again toresume the search.

Cassette Player

By using this button you can skip up ordown to locate a song or recording.

You can select up to 9 recordings (includ-ing current one).

A blank space of at least 3 seconds isconsidered to be a start of a recording.

When beginning of a tape is reached, theplayer automatically resumes play.

When the end of the tape is reached, theplayer automatically reverses sides andresumes normal play.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

163


In addition, the feature may not work wellwith some spoken word, live, or classicalrecordings.

SRCH (Search)

This feature is available only in RDSmode.

This button allows you to search all avail-able RDS stations out of the entire FMband and sort them by program type (see“<PROG TYPES>” for details on programtypes).

By pushing this button, RDS is turned onif it was off (“RDS” will display). The radiois switched to FM type mode. During theprogram type search, “SEARCHING....” willshow on the display. Also at this time,“FM” and “TYPE” will appear on the dis-play to indicate that the preset buttons arefor program type.

After searching for all available RDS sta-tions, the radio will activate the previouslyused program type. If the previously usedprogram type is not available, or if theradio has not yet performed a programtype search, the radio will activate thefirst available program type, in alphabeti-cal order, that has stations in memory.The radio will preset the stations of thecurrent program type into the preset but-tons.

If more than 6 stations of a program typeare found, the radio will create a secondbank of presets, such as “Rock 1” and“Rock 2”. These are accessible throughthe “<PROG TYPES>” button. If more than12 stations are found, the radio will loadthe 12 strongest stations signal of theprogram type into the presets.

After the search is complete, the radio willdisplay the number of RDS stations foundfor 3 seconds: for example, “Found 19RDS.” The radio will then display the se-lected program type for 3 seconds: forexample, “ROCK”. After the program typehas been displayed for 3 seconds, theradio will display the program type namefor 3 seconds. After that, the radio willdisplay the program service name.

Day mode (headlights off): The radio willonly display the number of presets thathave a frequency for the selected programtype. For example, if program type Rockis selected, and there are three rock sta-tions, only preset numbers 1, 2 and 3 willbe displayed. The remaining preset num-bers will not be displayed and the remain-ing preset button(s) will have no function.

Night mode (headlights on): In addition tothe display described for day mode, theradio will illuminate the jewels of the pre-sets that have stations available. The re-maining preset button(s) will have no func-tion.

A type search in progress can be can-celed by pushing the following buttons:“SEEK”, “TUNE”, “SCAN”, “AM”, “FM”, anypreset button, “CD” (if CD mode is avail-able), “TAPE” (if tape mode is available),“RDS”, “SRCH”, “<PROG TYPES>”,“TRAF” or “LOAD”. If any of these buttonsis pressed, the search will be canceledand the appropriate function started. In-serting a tape will also cancel the search.

If no RDS stations are found, “FOUND 0RDS” will display and the radio will returnto the previous FM mode and frequency.

ST (Stereo reception) display

Your radio automatically changes to stereoreception when a stereo broadcast is re-ceived. “ST” appears on the display. If thesignal becomes weak, the radio reducesthe amount of channel separation to prev-ent the weak signal from creating noise.If the signal becomes extremely weak, theradio switches from stereo to mono recep-tion.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

164


TAPE

Push “TAPE” to switch from radio or com-pact disc operation to cassette operation.If the audio system is off, you can turnon the cassette player by pushing “TAPE”.In both cases, a cassette must already beloaded in the player.

TRACK (Track up/down button): Compact disc player


Push either side of the track button untilthe number of the track you want to listento appears on the display. If you want toreturn to the beginning of the currenttrack, quickly push the down side of thebutton one time.

TRAF (Traffic)

This feature is available only in RDSmode.

This button turns the traffic announcement(TA) feature on and off.

By pushing this button, RDS is turned onif it was off (“RDS” will display), and traf-fic announcement feature is on. “TRAF”appears on the display when the radio istuned to a traffic station. When the trafficannouncement feature is on, “< >” will bedisplayed (<TRAF>).

If the current station is not a traffic sta-tion, the radio will start a traffic programsearch in increasing frequency order. Dur-ing a traffic program search, “Seek Traffic”will display. If no traffic programs arefound, “No Traf Info” will display.

If the radio receives a traffic announce-ment, it will interrupt the cassette playeror compact disc mode (if either one wason), adjust the volume to Traffic An-nouncement level, and broadcast the traf-fic announcement. During a traffic an-nouncement, “TRAFFIC” will appear on thedisplay. After traffic announcement, it willreturn to the previous mode and volumelevel.

TA volume memory function—The volumelevel when receiving the traffic announce-ment is memorized.

When “TA” is received next time, the sys-tem compares the volume before “TA” isreceived and the memorized TA volumeand automatically selects the louder vol-ume. However, the range of volumememory is limited: if the volume receivedpreviously is less than the minimum, thisvolume will be used.

You can adjust the volume independentlyfrom the memorized TA volume rangewhile receiving a TA station.

Traffic announcement can be canceled byturning RDS off, or pressing the “TRAF”button again.

TUNE (Tuning)

Push and release the “�” or “�” side of“TUNE” to step up or down the stationband. Do this again to find another fre-quency.

If you push and hold the “�” or “�” sideof “TUNE”, the radio will continue seekingup or down for frequencies and will stopat the next frequency that it finds after thebutton is released. Press the button againto resume the search.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

165


NOTICE

To ensure correct audio system op-erations:

� Be careful not to spill beveragesover the audio system.

� Do not put anything other than acassette tape or Compact Disc intothe slot.

� The use of a cellular phone insideor near the vehicle may cause anoise from the speakers of the au-dio system which you are listeningto. However, this does not indicatea malfunction.

RADIO RECEPTION

Usually, a problem with radio receptiondoes not mean there is a problem withyour radio—it is just the normal result ofconditions outside the vehicle.

For example, nearby buildings and terraincan interfere with FM reception. Powerlines or telephone wires can interfere withAM signals. The farther you are from astation, the weaker its signal will be. Inaddition, reception conditions changeconstantly as your vehicle moves.

Here are some common reception prob-lems that you may experience.

FM

Fading and drifting stations—Generally, theeffective range of FM is about 40 km (25miles). Once outside this range, you maynotice fading and drifting, which increasewith the distance from the radio transmit-ter. They are often accompanied by distor-tion.

Multi−path—FM signals are reflective,making it possible for two signals to reachyour antenna at the same time. If thishappens, the signals will cancel each oth-er out, causing a momentary flutter orloss of reception.

Static and fluttering—These occur whensignals are blocked by buildings, trees, orother large objects. Increasing the basslevel may reduce static and fluttering.

Station swapping—If the FM signal youare listening to is interrupted or weak-ened, and there is another strong stationnearby on the FM band, your radio maytune in the second station until the origi-nal signal can be picked up again.

AM

Fading—AM broadcasts are reflected bythe upper atmosphere−especially at night.These reflected signals can interfere withthose received directly from the radio sta-tion, causing the radio station to soundalternately strong and weak.

Station interference—When a reflected sig-nal and a signal received directly from aradio station are very nearly the samefrequency, they can interfere with eachother, making it difficult to hear the broad-cast.

Static—AM is easily affected by externalsources of electrical noise, such as hightension power lines, lightening, or electri-cal motors. This results in static.

Car audio system operatinghints

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

166


CARING FOR YOUR CASSETTE PLAYERAND TAPES

For the best performance for your cas-sette player and tapes:

Clean the tape head and other parts regu-larly.

� A dirty tape head or tape path candecrease sound quality and tangle yourcassette tapes. The easiest way toclean them is by using a cleaning tape.(A wet type is recommended.)

Use high−quality cassettes.

� Low−quality cassette tapes can causemany problems, including poor sound,inconsistent playing speed, andconstant auto−reversing. They can alsoget stuck or tangled in the cassetteplayer.

� Do not use a cassette if it has beendamaged or tangled or if its label ispeeling off.

� Do not leave a cassette in the playerif you are not listening to it, especiallyif it is hot outside.

� Store cassettes in their cases and outof direct sunlight.

� Avoid using cassettes with a total play-ing time longer than 100 minutes (50minutes per side). The tape used inthese cassettes is thin and could getstuck or tangled in the cassette player.

CARING FOR YOUR COMPACT DISCPLAYER AND DISCS

� Your compact disc player is intendedfor use with 12 cm (4.7 in.) discs only.

� Extremely high temperatures can keepyour compact disc player from working.On hot days, use the air conditioningto cool the vehicle interior before youlisten to a disc.

� Bumpy roads or other vibrations maymake your compact disc player skip.

� If moisture gets into your compact discplayer, you may not hear any soundeven though your compact disc playerappears to be working. Remove thedisc from the player and wait until itdries.

CAUTION

Compact disc players use an invisiblelaser beam which could cause hazard-ous radiation exposure if directedoutside the unit. Be sure to operatethe player correctly.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

167


� Use only compact discs marked asshown above. The following productsmay not be playable on your compactdisc player.

Copy−protected CDCD−R (CD−Recordable)CD−RW (CD−Re−writable)CD−ROM

Special shaped discs

Transparent/translucent discs

Low quality discs

Labeled discs

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

168


NOTICE

Do not use special shaped, transpar-ent/translucent, low quality or labeleddiscs such as those shown in the il-lustrations. The use of such discsmay damage the player or changer, orit may be impossible to eject thedisc.

Correct Wrong

� Handle compact discs carefully, espe-cially when you are inserting them.Hold them on the edge and do notbend them. Avoid getting fingerprintson them, particularly on the shiny side.

� Dirt, scratches, warping, pin holes, orother disc damage could cause theplayer to skip or to repeat a section ofa track. (To see a pin hole, hold thedisc up to the light.)

� Remove discs from the compact discplayer when you are not listening tothem. Store them in their plastic casesaway from moisture, heat, and directsunlight.

To clean a compact disc: Wipe it with asoft, lint−free cloth that has been damp-ened with water. Wipe in a straight linefrom the center to the edge of the disc(not in circles). Dry it with another soft,lint−free cloth. Do not use a conventionalrecord cleaner or anti−static device.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

169


’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

170


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSAir conditioning systemManual air conditioning system

Controls 171. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air flow selector settings 175. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating tips 175. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Automatic air conditioning systemControls 178. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air flow selector settings 182. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating tips 182. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Side vents 185. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking and replacing the air conditioning filter 185. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1− 9

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

171


1. Temperature selector (mainly for driver and secondarily forfront passenger)

2. Air intake selector

3. “A/C” button

4. Temperature selector (mainly for front passenger and secondarily for driver)

5. Air flow selector

6. Fan speed selector

Manual air conditioning system——Controls

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

172


Fan speed selector

Turn the knob to adjust the fan speed—tothe right to increase, to the left to de-crease.

Temperature selector

Turn the knob to adjust the temperature—to the right to warm, to the left to cool.

Knowledge for the two−temperature se-lector operation

This air conditioning system has two inde-pendent temperature selectors: left andright (for the use of driver and front pas-senger respectively).

� There are cases where the temperatureof the airflow may not accurately corre-late on the driver and front passengerside according to circumstances, evenif the left and right temperature selec-tors are set at the same temperature.If this situation occurs, use the finetune operation to adjust the air temper-ature on one side.

Note: This manual dual temperature se-lectors should generally only be usedas independent temperature settings forthe left and right.

� There are cases where one or both ofthe airflow temperatures may not accu-rately correlate with the set tempera-ture according to circumstances, whenthe airflow temperature settings on theleft and right are substantially different.For example, if the left controller is setat central or neutral temperature whilethe right one is set at maximum heat-ing or maximum cooling, or vice versa.If this situation occurs, use the finetune operation to adjust the air temper-ature on each side.

Air flow selector

Turn the knob to select the vents used forair flow.

1. Panel—Air flows mainly from theinstrument panel vents.

2. Bi−level—Air flows from both the floorvents and the instrument panel vents.

When you set the temperature selectorsetting at about the center, warm airflows out of the floor vents and rela-tively low−temperature air flows out ofthe center and side vents.

3. Floor—Air flows mainly from the floorvents.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

173


4. Floor/Windshield—Air flows mainlyfrom the floor vents and windshieldvents.

Turning the air flow selector to thefloor/windshield position turns on thedefogging function with the purpose ofclearing the front view.

This position allows the air intake toselect FRESH automatically. This is toclean up the front view more quickly.

If you want to return the setting toRECIRCULATE mode, press the air in-take selector button once again.

Press the “A/C” button for dehumidifiedheating or cooling. This setting clearsthe front view more quickly.

5. Windshield—Air flows mainly from thewindshield vents.

Turning the air flow selector to thewindshield position turns on the defog-ging function with the purpose of clear-ing the front view.

This position allows the air intake toselect FRESH automatically. This is toclean up the front view more quickly.

If you want to return the setting toRECIRCULATE mode, press the air in-take selector button once again.

Press the “A/C” button for dehumidifiedheating or cooling. This setting clearsthe front view more quickly.

For details about air flow selector settings,see “—Air flow selector settings” de-scribed below.

Air intake selector

Press the button to select the air source.An indicator light will illuminate to showwhich air intake mode is being selected.

1. Recirculate—Recirculates the air insidethe vehicle.

2. Fresh—Draws outside air into the sys-tem.

To prevent fogging up of the windshield,the air intake mode may change automati-cally to FRESH depending on the condi-tion of the air conditioning system.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

174


“A/C” button

To turn on the air conditioning, press the“A/C” button. The “A/C” button indicatorwill come on. To turn the air conditioningoff, press the button again.

If the “A/C” button indicator flashes, thereis a problem in the air conditioning systemand the air conditioning automaticallyshuts off. If this happens, take your ve-hicle to your Toyota dealer for service.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

175


� To cool off your Toyota after it hasbeen parked in the hot sun, drive withthe windows open for a few minutes.This vents the hot air, allowing the airconditioning to cool the interior morequickly.

� Make sure the air intake grilles in frontof the windshield are not blocked (byleaves or snow, for example).

� On humid days, do not blow cold airon the windshield. The windshield couldfog up because of the difference in airtemperature on the inside and outsideof the windshield.

� Keep the area under the front seatsclear to allow air to circulate through-out the vehicle.

� On cold days, set the fan speed tohigh for a minute to help clear theintake ducts of snow or moisture. Thiscan reduce the amount of fogging onthe windows.

� When driving on dusty roads, close allwindows. If dust thrown up by the ve-hicle is still drawn into the vehicle afterclosing the windows, it is recommendedthat the air intake selector be set toFRESH and the fan speed selector toany setting except “OFF”.

—Air flow selector settings

On some models

—Operating tips

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

176


� If following another vehicle on a dustyroad, or driving in windy and dustyconditions, it is recommended that theair intake selector be temporarily set toRECIRCULATE, which will close off theoutside passage and prevent outsideair and dust from entering the vehicleinterior.

Heating

For best results, set controls to:

Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”Temperature—Towards WARM

(red zone) Air intake—FRESH (outside air) Air flow—FLOOR Air conditioning—OFF

� For quick heating, select recirculatedair for a few minutes. To keep thewindows from fogging, select fresh af-ter the vehicle interior has beenwarmed.

� Press the “A/C” button on for dehumidi-fied heating.

� Choose floor/windshield air flow to heatthe vehicle interior while defrosting ordefogging the windshield.

Air conditioning


Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”Temperature—Towards COLD

(blue zone) Air intake—FRESH (outside air) Air flow—PANEL Air conditioning—ON

� For quick cooling, select recirculatedair for a few minutes.

Ventilation


Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”Temperature—Towards COLD

(blue zone)Air intake—FRESH (outside air) Air flow—PANEL Air conditioning—OFF

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

177


Defogging

The inside of the windshield



(red zone) to heat;COLD (blue zone) tocool

Air intake—FRESH (outside air) Air flow—WINDSHIELD

Turning the air flow selector to the wind-shield or floor/windshield position turns onthe defogging function with the purpose ofclearing the front view.

When turning the air flow selector to wind-shield or floor/windshield position, the airintake selects FRESH automatically. Thisis to clean up the front view more quickly.

If you want to return the setting toRECIRCULATE mode, press the air intakeselector button once again.

Press the “A/C” button for dehumidifiedheating or cooling. This setting clears thefront view more quickly.

� On humid days, do not blow cold airon the windshield—the difference be-tween the outside and inside tempera-tures could make the fogging worse.

Defrosting

The outside of the windshield



(red zone) Air intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—WINDSHIELD

Turning the air flow selector to the wind-shield or floor/windshield position turns onthe defrosting function with the purpose ofclearing the front view.

When turning the air flow selector to wind-shield or floor/windshield position, the airintake selects FRESH automatically. Thisis to clean up the front view more quickly.



� To heat the vehicle interior while de-frosting the windshield, choosefloor/windshield air flow.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

178


1. “AUTO” button

2. “OFF” button

3. Air intake selector

4. Windshield air flow button

5. “A/C” button

6. “DUAL” button

7. Temperature selector (Only for the independent mode thatdisplay shows “DUAL”; mainly for frontpassenger and secondarily for driver)

8. “MODE” button (air flow selector)

9. Fan speed selector

10. Temperature selector(At the independent mode that displayshows “DUAL”; mainly for driver andsecondarily for front passenger)(At the linked mode that display doesnot show “DUAL”; for driver)

Automatic air conditioning system——Controls

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

179


“AUTO” button

For automatic operation of the air condi-tioning, press the “AUTO” button. “AUTO”will appear on the display to show thatthe automatic operation mode has beenselected.

In the automatic operation mode, the airconditioning selects the most suitable fanspeed, air flow, air intake and on−off ofthe air conditioning according to the tem-perature.

When you press the “AUTO” button withthe air intake mode at FRESH, internalcirculation may be applied for maximumcooling.

You may use manual controls if you wantto select your own settings.

Fan speed selector

Push the “>” (increase) or “<” (decrease)side of the button to adjust the fan speed.

In automatic operation, you do not haveto adjust the fan speed unless you desireanother fan speed mode.

Temperature selector

To increase the temperature, press the“�” side, to decrease it, press the “�”side.

“MAX. COLD” appears when you adjust tomaximum cooling, and “MAX. HOT” whenyou adjust to maximum warming.

The temperature display changes between“�C” and “�F” when the unit of the outsidetemperature display is changed.

“DUAL” button

This switch is used to set the tempera-tures independently for the driver’s seatand front passenger seat.

Pushing the button changes the modefrom independent and linked.

Independent mode: Temperatures can beset independently for the driver’s seat andfront passenger’s seat. “DUAL” will appearon the display to show that the indepen-dent mode has been selected.

Linked mode: The same temperature isset for the driver’s seat and front passen-ger’s seat.

When the temperature for the front pas-senger’s seat is changed in linked mode,the mode is changed automatically to in-dependent mode.

Knowledge for the two−temperature se-lector operation

This air conditioning system has two inde-pendent temperature selectors: left andright (for the use of driver and front pas-senger respectively).

� There are cases where the temperatureof the airflow may not accurately corre-late on the driver and front passengerside according to circumstances, evenif the left and right temperature selec-tors are set at the same temperature.If this situation occurs, use the finetune operation to adjust the air temper-ature on one side.

� There are cases where one or both ofthe airflow temperatures may not accu-rately correlate with the set tempera-ture according to circumstances, whenthe airflow temperature settings on theleft and right are substantially different.For example, if the left controller is setat central or neutral temperature whilethe right one is set at maximum heat-ing or maximum cooling, or vice versa.If this situation occurs, use the finetune operation to adjust the air temper-ature on each side.

“OFF” button

Push the “OFF” button to turn off the airconditioning system.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

180


“MODE” button (air flow selector)

Push the “MODE” button to select thevents used for air flow.

In automatic operation, you do not haveto select the air flow unless you desireanother air flow mode.

1. Panel—Air flows mainly from theinstrument panel vents.

2. Bi−level—Air flows from both the floorvents and the instrument panel vents.

When you set the temperature selectorsetting at about the middle in automaticoperation, warm air flows out of thefloor vents and relatively low−tempera-ture air flows out of the center andside vents.

3. Floor—Air flows mainly from the floorvents.

4. Floor/Windshield—Air flows mainlyfrom the floor vents and windshieldvents.

Use with the air intake selector posi-tioned in FRESH.


Windshield air flow button

When this button is pressed, air flowsmainly from the windshield vents andturns on the defogging function with thepurpose of clearing the front view.

Pressing this button once again returnsthe air flow mode to the last one used.

This button allows the air intake to selectFRESH automatically. This is to clean upthe front view more quickly. If you wantto return the setting to RECIRCULATEmode, press the air intake selector buttononce again.



’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

181


Air intake selector

Press the button to select the air source.The air intake mode which is being se-lected is shown on the display.

1. Recirculate—Recirculates the air insidethe vehicle.

2. Fresh—Draws outside air into the sys-tem.

To prevent fogging up of the windshield,the air intake mode may change automati-cally to FRESH depending on the condi-tion of the air conditioning system.

For example, when the ambient tempera-ture is low, the air intake mode maychange automatically to FRESH. This isnot a malfunction.

“A/C” button

To turn on the air conditioning, press the“A/C” button. The “A/C” button indicatorwill come on. To turn the air conditioningoff, press the button again.

If the “A/C” button indicator flashes, thereis a problem in the air conditioning systemand the air conditioning automaticallyshuts off. If this happens, take your ve-hicle to your Toyota dealer for service.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

182


� To cool off your Toyota after it hasbeen parked in the hot sun, drive withthe windows open for a few minutes.This vents the hot air, allowing the airconditioning to cool the interior morequickly.

� Make sure the air intake grilles in frontof the windshield are not blocked (byleaves or snow, for example).

� On humid days, do not blow cold airon the windshield. The windshield couldfog up because of the difference in airtemperature on the inside and outsideof the windshield.

� Keep the area under the front seatsclear to allow air to circulate through-out the vehicle.

� On cold days, set the fan speed tohigh for a minute to help clear theintake ducts of snow or moisture. Thiscan reduce the amount of fogging onthe windows.

� When driving on dusty roads, close allwindows. If dust thrown up by the ve-hicle is still drawn into the vehicle afterclosing the windows, it is recommendedthat the air intake selector be set toFRESH and the fan speed selector toany setting except “OFF”.

On some models

—Air flow selector settings —Operating tips

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

183


� If following another vehicle on a dustyroad, or driving in windy and dustyconditions, it is recommended that theair intake selector be temporarily set toRECIRCULATE, which will close off theoutside passage and prevent outsideair and dust from entering the vehicleinterior.

Heating


—For automatic operation

Press in the “AUTO” button.Temperature—To the desired

temperatureAir intake—FRESH (outside air)Air conditioning—OFF

—For manual operation

Fan speed—To the desired fan speedTemperature—Towards high temperatureAir intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—FLOORAir conditioning—OFF

� For quick heating, select recirculatedair for a few minutes. To keep thewindows from fogging, select fresh af-ter the vehicle interior has beenwarmed.

� Press the “A/C” button on for dehumidi-fied heating.

� Choose floor/windshield air flow to heatthe vehicle interior while defrosting ordefogging the windshield.

Air conditioning



Press in the “AUTO” button.Temperature—To the desired

temperatureAir intake—FRESH (outside air)Air conditioning—ON


Fan speed—To the desired fan speedTemperature—Towards low temperatureAir intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—PANELAir conditioning—ON

� For quick cooling, select recirculatedair for a few minutes.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

184


Ventilation



Press in the “AUTO” button.Temperature—Towards low temperatureAir intake—FRESH (outside air)Air conditioning—OFF


Fan speed—To the desired fan speedTemperature—Towards low temperatureAir intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—PANELAir conditioning—OFF

Defogging and defrosting

—The inside of the windshield



Temperature—Towards high temperatureto heat; low temperatureto cool

Air intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—WINDSHIELD


Fan speed—To the desired fan speedTemperature—Towards high temperature

to heat; low temperatureto cool

Air intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—WINDSHIELD

Pressing the windshield air flow buttonturns on the defogging function with thepurpose of clearing the front view.

When pressing the windshield air flow but-ton, the air intake selects FRESH auto-matically. This is to clean up the frontview more quickly.



� On humid days, do not blow cold airon the windshield—the difference be-tween the outside and inside tempera-tures could make the fogging worse.

—The outside of the windshield



Temperature—Towards high temperatureAir intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—WINDSHIELD


Fan speed—To the desired fan speedTemperature—Towards high temperatureAir intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—WINDSHIELD

Pressing the windshield air flow buttonturns on the defrosting function with thepurpose of clearing the front view.

When pressing the windshield air flow but-ton, the air intake selects FRESH auto-matically. This is to clean up the frontview more quickly.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

185




� To heat the vehicle interior while de-frosting the windshield, choosefloor/windshield air flow.

If air flow control is not satisfactory, checkthe side vents. The side vents may beopened or closed as shown.

The air conditioning filter informationlabel is placed on the inside of theglove box as shown and indicates thata filter has been installed.

The air conditioning filter prevents dustfrom entering the vehicle through the airconditioning vent.

Side ventsChecking and replacing airconditioning filter

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

186


This air conditioning system has a highefficient air refiner filter which helpseliminate dust and pollen, thereby in-creasing your driving comfort.

The air conditioning filter is set behindthe glove box.

The air conditioning filter may clog afterlong use. The filter may need to be re-placed if the air flow of the air conditionerand heater experiences extreme reductionsin operating efficiency, or if the windowsbegin to fog up easily.

Perform filter replacement periodically.

Period of replacement (expected):For U.S.A.—Every 30000 milesFor Canada—Every 16000 km

NOTE: This is the normal maintenanceperiod. This may change depending onoperating conditions.

If the symptoms of air conditioningefficiency problems occur, contact yourToyota dealer to have the filter checkedand replaced.

(Actual replacement time: Less than 10minutes approximately)

NOTICE

Do not try to replace the air condi-tioning filter by yourself. Doing somay damage the vehicle.

INFORMATION

The air filter should be installed prop-erly in position. The use of air condi-tioning with the air filter removedmay cause deteriorated dustproof per-formance and then affect air condi-tioning performance.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

187


’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

212


INFORMATION BEFORE DRIVING YOURTOYOTAInformation before driving your ToyotaBreak−in period 213. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel 213. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operation in foreign countries 215. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Three−way catalytic converters 215. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine exhaust cautions 216. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Facts about engine oil consumption 217. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Iridium−tipped spark plugs 218. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brake system 219. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brake pad wear limit indicators 222. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Your Toyota’s identification 222. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Theft prevention labels 223. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Suspension and chassis 224. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tire information 225. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vehicle load limits 233. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cargo and luggage 234. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Types of tires 236. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 2

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

213


Drive gently and avoid high speeds.

Your vehicle does not need an elaboratebreak−in. But following a few simple tipsfor the first 1600 km (1000 miles) can addto the future economy and long life ofyour vehicle:

� Avoid full throttle acceleration whenstarting and driving.

� Avoid racing the engine.

� Try to avoid hard stops during the first300 km (200 miles).

� Do not drive for a long time at anysingle speed, either fast or slow.

� Do not tow a trailer during the first 800km (500 miles).

FUEL TYPE

Your new vehicle must use only un-leaded gasoline.

To help prevent gas station mix−ups, yourToyota has a smaller fuel tank opening.The special nozzle on pumps with un-leaded fuel will fit it, but the larger stan-dard nozzle on pumps with leaded gas willnot.

At a minimum, the gasoline you useshould meet specifications of ASTMD4814 in the U.S.A. and CGSB 3.5−M93in Canada.

NOTICE

Do not use leaded gasoline. Use ofleaded gasoline will cause the three−way catalytic converter to lose its ef-fectiveness and the emission controlsystem to function improperly. Also,this can increase maintenance costs.

OCTANE RATING

Select Octane Rating 87 (Research Oc-tane Number 91) or higher. For im-proved vehicle performance, the use ofpremium unleaded gasoline with an Oc-tane Rating of 91 (Research OctaneNumber 96) or higher is recommended.

Use of unleaded gasoline with an octanerating or research octane number lowerthan stated above will cause persistentheavy knocking. If it is severe, this willlead to engine damage.

If your engine knocks...

If you detect heavy knocking even whenusing the recommended fuel, or if youhear steady knocking while holding asteady speed on level roads, consult yourToyota dealer.

However, occasionally, you may noticelight knocking for a short time while accel-erating or driving up hills. This is normaland there is no need for concern.

Break−in period Fuel

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

214


GASOLINE CONTAINING DETERGENTADDITIVES

Toyota recommends the use of gasolinethat contains detergent additives toavoid build−up of engine deposits.

However, all gasoline sold in the U.S.contains detergent additives to keep cleanand/or clean intake systems.

QUALITY GASOLINE

Automotive manufacturers in the U.S.,Europe and Japan have developed aspecification for quality fuel namedWorld−Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) thatis expected to be applied world wide.The WWFC consists of four categoriesthat depend on required emission lev-els. In the U.S., category 3 has beenadopted. The WWFC improves air quali-ty by providing for better emissions invehicle fleets, and customer satisfactionthrough better vehicle performance.

CLEANER BURNING GASOLINE

Cleaner burning gasoline, including re-formulated gasoline that contains oxy-genates such as ethanol or MTBE isavailable in many areas.

Toyota recommends the use of cleanerburning gasoline and appropriately blendedreformulated gasoline. These types of gas-oline provide excellent vehicle perfor-mance, reduce vehicle emissions, and im-prove air quality.

OXYGENATES IN GASOLINE

Toyota allows the use of oxygenateblended gasoline where the oxygenatecontent is up to 10% ethanol or 15%MTBE. If you use gasohol in yourToyota, be sure that it has an octanerating no lower than 87.

Toyota does not recommend the use ofgasoline containing methanol.

GASOLINE CONTAINING MMT

Some gasoline contain an octane en-hancing additive called MMT (Methylcy-clopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).

Toyota does not recommend the use ofgasoline that contains MMT. If fuel con-taining MMT is used, your emission con-trol system may be adversely affected.The Malfunction Indicator Lamp on the in-strument cluster may come on. If this hap-pens, contact your Toyota dealer for ser-vice.

GASOLINE QUALITY

In a very few cases, you may experiencedriveability problems caused by the partic-ular gasoline that you are using. If youcontinue to have unacceptable driveability,try changing gasoline brands. If this doesnot rectify your problem, then consult yourToyota dealer.

NOTICE

� Do not use gasohol other thanstated above. It will cause fuel sys-tem damage or vehicle performanceproblems.

� If driveability problems occur (poorhot starting, vaporizing, engineknock, etc.), discontinue the use.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

215


� Take care not to spill gasohol dur-ing refueling. Gasohol may causepaint damage.

FUEL TANK CAPACITY

70 L (18.5 gal., 15.4 Imp. gal.)

If you plan to drive your Toyota inanother country...

First, comply with the vehicle registrationlaws.

Second, confirm the availability of the cor-rect fuel (unleaded and minimum octanenumber).

The three−way catalytic converter is anemission control device installed in theexhaust system.

The purpose is to reduce pollutants in theexhaust gas.

CAUTION

� Keep people and combustible mate-rials away from the exhaust pipewhile the engine is running. Theexhaust gas is very hot.

� Do not drive, idle or park your ve-hicle over anything that might burneasily such as grass, leaves, paperor rags.

Operation in foreign countries Three−way catalytic converters

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

216


NOTICE

A large amount of unburned gasesflowing into the three−way catalyticconverter may cause it to overheatand create a fire hazard. To preventthis and other damage, observe thefollowing precautions:

� Use only unleaded gasoline.

� Do not drive with an extremely lowfuel level; running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, creat-ing an excessive load on the three−way catalytic converter.

� Do not allow the engine to run atidle speed for more than 20 min-utes.

� Avoid racing the engine.

� Do not push−start or pull−start yourvehicle.

� Do not turn off the ignition whilethe vehicle is moving.

� Keep your engine in good runningorder. Malfunctions in the engineelectrical system, electronic ignitionsystem/distributor ignition systemor fuel system could cause an ex-tremely high three−way catalyticconverter temperature.

� If the engine becomes difficult tostart or stalls frequently, take yourvehicle in for a check−up as soonas possible. Remember, your Toyotadealer knows your vehicle and itsthree−way catalytic converter sys-tem best.

� To ensure that the three−way cata-lytic converter and the entire emis-sion control system operate proper-ly, your vehicle must receive theperiodic inspections required by theToyota Maintenance Schedule. Forscheduled maintenance information,refer to the “Scheduled MaintenanceGuide” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-ment”.

CAUTION

� Avoid inhaling the engine exhaust.It contains carbon monoxide, whichis a colorless and odorless gas. Itcan cause unconsciousness or evendeath.

� Make sure the exhaust system hasno holes or loose connections. Thesystem should be checked fromtime to time. If you hit something,or notice a change in the sound ofthe exhaust, have the systemchecked immediately.

� Do not run the engine in a garageor enclosed area except for thetime needed to drive the vehicle inor out. The exhaust gases cannotescape, making this a particularlydangerous situation.

� Do not remain for a long time in aparked vehicle with the engine run-ning. If it is unavoidable, however,do so only in an unconfined areaand adjust the heating or coolingsystem to force outside air into thevehicle.

Engine exhaust cautions

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

217


� Keep the trunk lid closed whiledriving. An open or unsealed trunklid may cause exhaust gases to bedrawn into the vehicle.

� To allow proper operation of yourvehicle’s ventilation system, keepthe inlet grilles in front of the wind-shield clear of snow, leaves, or oth-er obstructions.

� If you smell exhaust fumes in thevehicle, drive with the windowsopen and the trunk lid closed. Havethe cause immediately located andcorrected.

FUNCTIONS OF ENGINE OIL

Engine oil has the primary functions oflubricating and cooling the inside of theengine, and plays a major role in main-taining the engine in proper working order.

ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION

It is normal that an engine should con-sume some engine oil during normalengine operation. The causes of oilconsumption in a normal engine are asfollows.

� Oil is used to lubricate pistons, pistonrings and cylinders. A thin film of oilis left on the cylinder wall when a pis-ton moves downwards in the cylinder.High negative pressure generated whenthe vehicle is decelerating sucks someof this oil into the combustion chamber.This oil as well as some part of the oilfilm left on the cylinder wall is burnedby the high temperature combustiongases during the combustion process.

� Oil is also used to lubricate the stemsof the intake valves. Some of this oilis sucked into the combustion chambertogether with the intake air and isburned along with the fuel. High tem-perature exhaust gases also burn theoil used to lubricate the exhaust valvestems.

The amount of engine oil consumed de-pends on the viscosity of the oil, thequality of the oil and the conditions thevehicle is driven under.

More oil is consumed by high−speed driv-ing and frequent acceleration and decel-eration.

A new engine consumes more oil, sinceits pistons, piston rings and cylinder wallshave not become conditioned.

Oil consumption: Max. 1.0 L per 1000km (1.1 qt./600 miles, 0.9 lmp. qt./600miles)

When judging the amount of oil con-sumption, note the that oil may becomediluted and make it difficult to judgethe true level accurately.

Facts about engine oilconsumption

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

218


As an example, if a vehicle is used forrepeated short trips, and consumes a nor-mal amount of oil, the dipstick may notshow any drop in the oil level at all, evenafter 1000 km (600 miles) or more. Thisis because the oil is gradually becomingdiluted with fuel or moisture, making itappear that the oil level has not changed.

The diluting ingredients evaporate outwhen the vehicle is then driven at highspeeds, as on an expressway, making itappear that oil is excessively consumedafter driving at high speeds.

IMPORTANCE OF ENGINE OIL LEVELCHECK

One of the most important points in prop-er vehicle maintenance is to keep the en-gine oil at the optimum level so that oilfunction will not be impaired. Therefore, itis essential that the oil level be checkedregularly. Toyota recommends that the oillevel be checked every time you refuelthe vehicle.

NOTICE

Failure to check the oil level regularlycould lead to serious engine troubledue to insufficient oil.

For detailed information on oil level check,see “Checking the engine oil level” in Sec-tion 7−2.

Your engine is fitted with iridium−tippedspark plugs.

NOTICE

Use only iridium−tipped spark plugsand do not adjust gaps for your en-gine performance and smooth drive-ability.

Iridium−tipped spark plugs

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

219


The tandem master cylinder brake systemis a hydraulic system with two separatesub−systems. If either sub−system shouldfail, the other will still work. However, thepedal will be harder to press, and yourstopping distance will increase. Also, thebrake system warning light may come on.

CAUTION

Do not drive your vehicle with only asingle brake system. Have yourbrakes fixed immediately.

BRAKE BOOSTER

The brake booster uses engine vacuum topower−assist the brakes. If the engineshould quit while you are driving, you canbring the vehicle to a stop with normalpedal pressure. There is enough reservedvacuum for one or two stops—but nomore!

CAUTION

� Do not pump the brake pedal if theengine stalls. Each push on thepedal uses up your reserved vacu-um.

� Even if the power assist is com-pletely lost, the brakes will stillwork. But you will have to push thepedal hard, much harder than nor-mal. And your braking distance willincrease.

ANTI−LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (with “ABS” warning light)

The anti−lock brake system is designedto help prevent lock−up of the wheelsduring a sudden braking or braking onslippery road surfaces. This assists inproviding directional stability and steer-ing performance of the vehicle underthese circumstances.

Effective way to press the ABS brakepedal: When the anti−lock brake systemfunction is in action, you may feel thebrake pedal pulsating and hear a noise.In this situation, to let the anti−lockbrake system work for you, just hold thebrake pedal down more firmly. Do notpump the brake in a panic stop. Thiswill result in reduced braking performan-ce.

The anti−lock brake system becomes op-erative after the vehicle has acceleratedto a speed in excess of approximately 10km/h (6 mph). It stops operating when thevehicle decelerates to a speed belowapproximately 5 km/h (3 mph).

Brake system

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

220


Depressing the brake pedal on slipperyroad surfaces such as on a manhole cov-er, a steel plate at a construction site,joints in a bridge, etc. on a rainy daytends to activate the anti−lock brake sys-tem.

You may hear a click or motor sound inthe engine compartment for a few secondswhen the engine is started or just afterthe vehicle is started. This means that theanti−lock brake system is in the selfcheck mode, and does not indicate a mal-function.

When the anti−lock brake system is ac-tivated, the following conditions mayoccur. They do not indicate a malfunc-tion of the system:

� You may hear the anti−lock brake sys-tem operating and feel the brake pedalpulsating and the vibrations of the ve-hicle body and steering wheel. Youmay also hear the motor sound in theengine compartment even after the ve-hicle is stopped.

� At the end of the anti−lock brake sys-tem activation, the brake pedal maymove a little forward.

CAUTION

Do not overestimate the anti−lockbrake system: Although the anti−lockbrake system assists in providing ve-hicle control, it is still important todrive with all due care and maintaina moderate speed and safe distancefrom the vehicle in front of you, be-cause there are limits to the vehiclestability and effectiveness of steeringwheel operation even with the anti−lock brake system on.

If tire grip performance exceeds itscapability, or if hydroplaning occursduring high speed driving in the rain,the anti−lock brake system does notprovide vehicle control.

Anti−lock brake system is not de-signed to shorten the stopping dis-tance: Always drive at a moderatespeed and maintain a safe distancefrom the vehicle in front of you.Compared with vehicles without ananti−lock brake system, your vehiclemay require a longer stopping dis-tance in the following cases:

� Driving on rough, gravel or snow−covered roads.

� Driving with tire chains installed.

� Driving over the steps such as thejoints on the road.

� Driving on roads where the roadsurface is pitted or has other differ-ences in surface height.

Install all 4 tires of specified size atappropriate pressure: The anti−lockbrake system detects vehicle speedsusing the speed sensors for respec-tive wheels’ turning speeds. The useof tires other than specified may failto detect the accurate turning speedresulting in a longer stopping dis-tance.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

221


Type A

Type B

“ABS” warning light

The light comes on when the ignition keyis turned to the “ON” position. If the anti−lock brake system and the brake assistsystem work properly, the light turns offafter a few seconds. Thereafter, if thesystem malfunctions, the light comes onagain.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), theanti−lock brake system, the brake assistsystem, the traction control system andthe vehicle stability control system do notoperate, but the brake system still oper-ates conventionally.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), theanti−lock brake system does not operateso that the wheels could lock up duringa sudden braking or braking on slipperyroad surfaces.

If either of the following conditions oc-curs, this indicates a malfunction some-where in the components monitored bythe warning light system. Contact yourToyota dealer as soon as possible toservice the vehicle.

� The light does not come on when theignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-tion, or remains on.

� The light comes on while you are driv-ing.


CAUTION

If the “ABS” warning light remains ontogether with the brake system warn-ing light, immediately stop your ve-hicle at a safe place and contact yourToyota dealer.

In this case, not only the anti−lockbrake system will fail but also thevehicle will become extremely unsta-ble during braking.

DRUM−IN−DISC TYPE PARKING BRAKESYSTEM

Your vehicle has a drum−in−disc typeparking brake system. This type of brakesystem needs bedding−down of the brakeshoes periodically or whenever the parkingbrake shoes and/or drums are replaced.

Have your Toyota dealer perform the bed-ding−down.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

222


BRAKE ASSIST SYSTEM

When you slam the brakes on, thebrake assist system judges as an emer-gency stop and provides more powerfulbraking for a driver who cannot holddown the brake pedal firmly.

When you slam the brakes on, more pow-erful braking will be applied. At this time,you may hear a sound in the enginecompartment and feel the vibration of thebrake pedal. This does not indicate a mal-function.

The brake assist system becomes opera-tive after the vehicle has accelerated toa speed in excess of approximately 10km/h (6 mph). It stops operating when thevehicle decelerates to a speed belowapproximately 5 km/h (3 mph).

For an explanation of this system’s warn-ing light, see “Service reminder indicatorsand warning buzzers” in Section 1−6.

The brake pad wear limit indicators onyour disc brakes give a warning noisewhen the brake pads are worn to wherereplacement is required.

If you hear a squealing or scraping noisewhile driving, have the brake padschecked and replaced by your Toyotadealer as soon as possible. Expensive ro-tor damage can result if the pads are notreplaced when necessary.

The vehicle identification number (VIN)is the legal identifier for your vehicle.This number is on the left top of theinstrument panel, and can be seenthrough the windshield from outside.

This is the primary identification numberfor your Toyota. It is used in registeringthe ownership of your vehicle.

Brake pad wear limitindicators

Your Toyota’s identification——Vehicle identificationnumber

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

223


The vehicle identification number (VIN) isalso on the Certification Label.

The engine number is stamped on theengine block as shown.

Your new vehicle carries theft preven-tion labels which are approximately 56mm (2.20 in.) by 16 mm (0.63 in.).

The purpose of these labels is to reducethe incidence of vehicle thefts by facilitat-ing the tracing and recovery of parts fromstolen vehicles. The label is designed sothat once it is applied to a surface, anyattempt to remove it will result in destroy-ing the integrity of the label. Transferringthese labels intact from one part to anoth-er, will be impossible.

NOTICE

You should not attempt to remove thetheft prevention labels as it may vio-late certain state or federal laws.

—Engine numberTheft prevention labels(except for Canada)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

224


CAUTION

Do not modify the suspension/chassiswith lift kits, spacers, springs, etc. Itcan cause dangerous handling charac-teristics, resulting in loss of control.

Suspension and chassis

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

225


This illustration indicates typical tiresymbols.1. Tire size—For details, see “—Tire

size” in this Section.2. DOT and Tire Identification

Number (TIN)—For details, see“—DOT and Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN)” in this Section.

3. The location of the tread wearindicators—For details, see“Checking and replacing tires” inSection 7−2.

4. Uniform tire quality grading—For details, see “Uniform tire quali-ty grading” that follows.

5. Tire ply composition and mate-rials—Plies mean a layer of rub-ber−coated parallel cords. Cordsmean the strands forming the pliesin the tire.

6. Radial tires or bias−ply tires—Aradial tire has “RADIAL” on thesidewall. A tire not marked with“RADIAL” is a bias−ply tire.

Tire information——Tire symbols

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

226


7. “TUBELESS” or “TUBETYPE”—A tubeless tire does nothave a tube inside the tire and airis directly filled in the tire. A tubetype tire has a tube inside the tireand the tube maintains the airpressure.

8. Load limit at maximum cold tireinflation pressure—For details,see “Checking and replacing tires”in Section 7−2.

9. Maximum cold tire inflationpressure—This means the pres-sure to which a tire may be in-flated. For details about recom-mended cold tire inflationpressure, see “Tires” in Section 8.

10.Summer tire or all seasontire—An all season tire has “M+S”on the sidewall. The tire notmarked with “M+S” is a summertire. For details, see “Types oftires” in this Section.

This illustration indicates typical DOTand Tire Identification Number (TIN).1. “DOT” symbol2. Tire Identification Number (TIN)3. Tire manufacturer ’s identification

mark4. Tire size code5. Manufacturer ’s optional tire type

code6. Manufacturing week7. Manufacturing year

The “DOT” symbol certifies that thetire conforms to applicable Federalmotor vehicle safety standards.

—DOT and Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

227


This illustration indicates typical tiresize.1. Tire use (P=Passenger car,

T=Temporary use)2. Section width (in millimeters)3. Aspect ratio (tire height to section

width)4. Tire construction code (R=Radial,

D=Diagonal)5. Wheel diameter (in inches)6. Load index (2 digits or 3 digits)7. Speed symbol (alphabet with one

letter)

1. Section width2. Tire height3. Wheel diameter

1. Bead2. Sidewall3. Shoulder4. Tread5. Belt6. Inner liner7. Reinforcing rubber8. Carcass9. Rim lines10.Bead wires11. Chafer

—Tire size —Name of each section of tire

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

228


This information has been preparedin accordance with regulations issuedby the National Highway Traffic Safe-ty Administration of the U.S. Depart-ment of Transportation. It providesthe purchasers and/or prospectivepurchasers of Toyota vehicles with in-formation on uniform tire quality grad-ing.Your Toyota dealer will help answerany questions you may have as youread this information.DOT quality grades—All passengervehicle tires must conform to Fed-eral Safety Requirements in addi-tion to these grades. Qualitygrades can be found where appli-cable on the tire sidewall betweentread shoulder and maximum sec-tion width. For example: Treadwear200 Traction AA Temperature A

Treadwear—The treadwear grade isa comparative rating based on thewear rate of the tire when tested un-der controlled conditions on a speci-fied government test course. For ex-ample, a tire graded 150 would wearone and a half (1−1/2) times as wellon the government course as a tiregraded 100. The relative performanceof tires depends upon the actualconditions of their use, however, andmay depart significantly from thenorm due to variations in driving hab-its, service practices and differencesin road characteristics and climate.

Traction AA, A, B, C—The tractiongrades, from highest to lowest, areAA, A, B, and C, and they representthe tire’s ability to stop on wet pave-ment as measured under controlledconditions on specified governmenttest surfaces of asphalt and concrete.A tire marked C may have poor trac-tion performance.Warning: The traction grade assignedto this tire is based on braking(straight ahead) traction tests anddoes not include cornering (turning)traction.

—Uniform tire quality grading

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

229


Temperature A, B, C—The tempera-ture grades are A (the highest), B,and C, representing the tire’s resis-tance to the generation of heat andits ability to dissipate heat whentested under controlled conditions ona specified indoor laboratory testwheel. Sustained high temperaturecan cause the material of the tire todegenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead tosudden tire failure. The grade C cor-responds to a level of performancewhich all passenger car tires mustmeet under the Federal Motor VehicleSafety Standard No.109. Grades Band A represent higher levels of per-formance on the laboratory test wheelthan the minimum required by law.Warning: The temperature grades forthis tire are established for a tire thatis properly inflated and not over-loaded. Excessive speed, underinfla-tion, or excessive loading, either sep-arately or in combination, can causeheat buildup and possible tire failure.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

230


Tire related term Meaning

Accessory weight

the combined weight (in excess of those standard items which may bereplaced) of automatic transmission, power steering, power brakes, powerwindows, power seats, radio, and heater, to the extent that these itemsare available as factory−installed equipment (whether installed or not)

Cold tire inflation pressuretire inflation pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at least 3hours or more, or it has not been driven more than 1.5 km or 1 mileunder that condition

Curb weightthe weight of a motor vehicle with standard equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil, and coolant, and, if so equipped, airconditioning and additional weight optional engine

Intended outboard sidewall

(A) the sidewall that contains a whitewall, bears white lettering or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/or model name molding that is higher ordeeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire, or

(B) the outward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particularside that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle

Maximum inflation pressure the maximum cold inflation pressure to which a tire may be inflated and itis shown on the sidewall of the tire

Maximum loaded vehicle weight

the sum of—(a) curb weight;(b) accessory weight;(c) vehicle capacity weight; and(d) production options weight

—Glossary of tire terminology

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

231



Normal occupant weight 68 kg (150 lb.) times the number of occupants specified in the secondcolumn of Table 1 that follows

Occupant distribution distribution of occupants in a vehicle as specified in the third column of Table1 that follows

Production options weight

the combined weight of those installed regular production options weighingover 2.3 kg (5 lb.) in excess of those standard items which they replace,not previously considered in curb weight or accessory weight, includingheavy duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and specialtrim

Recommended inflation pressure cold tire inflation pressure recommended by a manufacturer

Rim a metal support for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beadsare seated

Rim diameter (Wheel diameter) nominal diameter of the bead seat

Rim size designation rim diameter and width

Rim type designation the industry of manufacturer ’s designation for a rim by style or code

Rim width nominal distance between rim flanges

Vehicle capacity weight(Total load capacity)

the rated cargo and luggage load plus 68 kg (150 lb.) times the vehicle’s desig-nated seating capacity

Vehicle maximum load on the tire the load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axleits share of the maximum loaded vehicle weight and dividing by two

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

232



Vehicle normal load on the tirethe load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axleits share of the curb weight, accessory weight, and normal occupant weight(distributed in accordance with Table 1 that follows) and dividing by two

Weather side the surface area of the rim not covered by the inflated tire

Table 1—Occupant loading and distribution for vehicle normal load for various designated seating capacities

Designated seating capacity,number of occupants

Vehicle normal load, number ofoccupants

Occupant distribution in a normallyloaded vehicle

2 through 4 2 2 in front

5 through 10 3 2 in front, 1 in second seat

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

233


Vehicle load limits include total loadcapacity, seating capacity, towing ca-pacity and cargo capacity. Follow theload limits shown below.Total load capacity:

With bucket type front seat410 kg (900 lb.)

With bench type front seat475 kg (1050 lb.)

Total load capacity means combinedweight of occupants, cargo and lug-gage. Tongue load is included whentrailer towing.Seating capacity:

With bucket type front seatTotal 5 (Front 2, Rear 3)

With bench type front seatTotal 6 (Front 3, Rear 3)

Seating capacity means the maxi-mum number of occupants whoseestimated average weight is 68 kg(150 lb.) per person. Depending onthe weight of each person, the seat-ing capacity given may exceed thetotal load capacity.

NOTICE

Even if the number of occupantsare within the seating capacity,do not exceed the total load ca-pacity.

Towing capacity: 907 kg (2000 lb.)Towing capacity means the maxi-mum gross trailer weight (trailerweight plus its cargo weight) thatyour vehicle is able to tow.

Cargo capacityCargo capacity may increase or de-crease depending on the size (weight)and the number of occupants. For de-tails, see “Capacity and distribution”that follows.

CAUTION

Do not apply the load more thaneach load limit. That may causenot only damage to the tires, butalso deterioration to the steeringability and braking ability, whichmay cause an accident.

Vehicle load limits

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

234


When stowing cargo and luggage inthe vehicle, observe the following:� Put cargo and luggage in the trunk

when at all possible. Be sure allitems are secured in place.

� Be careful to keep the vehicle bal-anced. Locating the weight as farforward as possible helps maintainbalance.

� For better fuel economy, do notcarry unneeded weight.

CAUTION

� Never allow anyone to ride inthe enlarged trunk. It is not de-signed for passengers. Theyshould ride in their seats withtheir seat belts properly fas-tened. Otherwise, they aremuch more likely to suffer seri-ous bodily injury, in the eventof sudden braking or a colli-sion.

� Do not place anything on thepackage tray behind the rearseatback. Such items may bethrown about and possibly in-jure people in the vehicle dur-ing sudden braking or an acci-dent.

� Do not drive with objects lefton top of the instrument panel.They may interfere with thedriver’s field of view. Or theymay move during sharp vehicleacceleration or turning, and im-pair the driver’s control of thevehicle. In an accident theymay injure the vehicle occu-pants.

Cargo capacity depends on the to-tal weight of the occupants.(Cargo capacity) = (Total load capac-ity) – (Total weight of occupants)STEPS FOR DETERMININGCORRECT LOAD LIMIT1. Locate the statement “The com-

bined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed XXXpounds” on your vehicle’s placard.

2. Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that willbe riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers fromXXX kilograms or XXX pounds.

Cargo and luggage——Stowage precautions —Capacity and distribution

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

235


4. The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo and lug-gage load capacity. For example,if the “XXX” amount equals 1400lbs. and there will be five 150 lb.passengers in your vehicle, theamount of available cargo and lug-gage load capacity is 650 lbs.(1400–750 (5x150)=650 lbs).

5. Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loadedon the vehicle. That weight maynot safely exceed the availablecargo and luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing atrailer, load from your trailer willbe transferred to your vehicle.Consult this manual to determinehow this reduces the available car-go and luggage load capacity ofyour vehicle.

For details about trailer towing, see“Trailer towing” in Section 3.

Cargocapacity

Total loadcapacity

EXAMPLE ON YOUR VEHICLEIn case that 2 people with the com-bined weight of 166 kg (366 lb.) areriding in your vehicle with the totalload capacity of 410 kg (900 lb.) (withbucket type front seat) or 475 kg(1050 lb.) (with bench type front seat),the available amount of cargo andluggage load capacity will be as fol-lows:With bucket type front seat

410 kg – 166 kg = 244 kg(900 lb. – 366 lb. = 534 lb.)

With bench type front seat475 kg – 166 kg = 309 kg(1050 lb. – 366 lb. = 684 lb.)

From this condition, if 3 more passen-gers with the combined weight of 176kg (388 lb.) get on, the available car-go and luggage load will be reducedas follows:With bucket type front seat

244 kg – 176 kg = 68 kg(534 lb. – 388 lb. = 146 lb.)

With bench type front seat309 kg – 176 kg = 133 kg(684 lb. – 388 lb. = 296 lb.)

As shown in the above example, if thenumber of occupants increases, thecargo and luggage load equaling thecombined weight of occupants whogot on later must be reduced. In otherwords, if the increase in the numberof occupants causes the excess ofthe total load capacity (combinedweight of occupants plus cargo andluggage load), you have to reduce thecargo and luggage on your vehicle.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

236


For details about total load capacity,see “Vehicle load limits” in this Sec-tion.

CAUTION

Even if the total load of occu-pant’s weight and the cargo loadis less than the total load capac-ity, do not apply the load uneven-ly. That may cause not only dam-age to the tire but also deteriora-tion to the steering ability due tounbalance of the vehicle, causingan accident.

Determine what kind of tires yourvehicle is originally equipped with.1. Summer tiresSummer tires are high−speed capabil-ity tires best suited to highway drivingunder dry conditions.Since summer tires do not have thesame traction performance as snowtires, summer tires are inadequate fordriving on snow−covered or icy roads.For driving on snow−covered or icyroads, we recommend using snowtires. If installing snow tires, be sureto replace all four tires.2. All season tiresAll season tires are designed to pro-vide better traction in snow and to beadequate for driving in most winterconditions, as well as for use all yearround.

All season tires, however, do not haveadequate traction performancecompared with snow tires in heavy orloose snow. Also, all season tires fallshort in acceleration and handlingperformance compared with summertires in highway driving.The details about how to distinguishsummer tires from all season tires aredescribed in this Section.

CAUTION

� Do not mix summer and all sea-son tires on your vehicle asthis can cause dangerous han-dling characteristics, resultingin loss of control.

� Do not use tires other than themanufacturer’s designatedtires, and never mix tires orwheels of the sizes differentfrom the originals.

Types of tires

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

237


’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

238


STARTING AND DRIVINGStarting and drivingBefore starting the engine 239. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How to start the engine 239. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tips for driving in various conditions 240. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Winter driving tips 241. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dinghy towing 242. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trailer towing 242. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How to save fuel and make your vehicle last longer 248. . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 3

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

239


1. Check the area around the vehicle be-fore entering it.

2. Adjust seat position, seatback angle,seat cushion angle, head restraintheight and steering wheel angle.

3. Adjust the inside and outside rear viewmirrors.

4. Lock all the doors.

5. Fasten seat belts.

1. Apply the parking brake firmly.

2. Turn off unnecessary lights and acces-sories.

3. Put the selector lever in “P”. If youneed to restart the engine while thevehicle is moving, put the selector le-ver in “N”. A starter safety device willprevent the starter from operating if theselector lever is in any drive position.

4. Depress the brake pedal and hold it tothe floor until driving off.

Before starting the engine, be sure to fol-low the instructions in “(a) Before crank-ing”.

Normal starting procedure

The multiport fuel injection system/sequen-tial multiport fuel injection system in yourengine automatically controls the properair−fuel mixture for starting. You can starta cold or hot engine as follows:

With your foot off the accelerator pedal,crank the engine by turning the key to“START”. Release it when the enginestarts.

Engine should be warmed up by driving,not in idle. For warming up, drive withsmoothly turning engine until engine cool-ant temperature is within normal range.

If the engine stalls...

Simply restart it, using the correct proce-dure given in normal starting.

If the engine will not start...

See “If your vehicle will not start” in Sec-tion 4.

Before starting the engineHow to start the engine—(a) Before cranking (b) Starting the engine

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

240


NOTICE

� Do not crank for more than 30 se-conds at a time. This may overheatthe starter and wiring systems.

� Do not race a cold engine.

� If the engine becomes difficult tostart or stalls frequently, have theengine checked immediately.

� Always slow down in gusty crosswinds.This will allow you much better control.

� Drive slowly onto curbs and, if pos-sible, at a right angle. Avoid drivingonto high, sharp−edged objects andother road hazards. Failure to do socan lead to severe tire damage suchas a tire burst.

Drive slowly when passing over bumpsor travelling on a bumpy road. Other-wise, the impact could cause severedamage to the tires and/or wheels.

� When parking on a hill, turn the frontwheels until they touch the curb sothat the vehicle will not roll. Apply theparking brake, and place the transmis-sion in “P”. If necessary, block thewheels.

� Washing your vehicle or driving throughdeep water may get the brakes wet. Tosee whether they are wet, check thatthere is no traffic near you, and thenpress the pedal lightly. If you do notfeel a normal braking force, the brakesare probably wet. To dry them, drivethe vehicle cautiously while lightlypressing the brake pedal with the park-ing brake applied. If they still do notwork safely, pull to the side of the roadand call a Toyota dealer for assistance.

CAUTION

� Before driving off, make sure theparking brake is fully released andthe parking brake reminder light isoff.

� Do not leave your vehicle unat-tended while the engine is running.

� Do not rest your foot on the brakepedal while driving. It can causedangerous overheating, needlesswear, and poor fuel economy.

� To drive down a long or steep hill,reduce your speed and downshift.Remember, if you ride the brakesexcessively, they may overheat andnot work properly.

� Be careful when accelerating, up-shifting, downshifting or braking ona slippery surface. Sudden accelera-tion or engine braking, could causethe vehicle to skid or spin.

Tips for driving in variousconditions

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

241


� Do not drive in excess of the speedlimit. Even if the legal speed limitpermits it, do not drive over 140km/h (85 mph) unless your vehiclehas high−speed capability tires.Driving over 140 km/h (85 mph) mayresult in tire failure, loss of controland possible injury. Be sure to con-sult a tire dealer to determinewhether the tires on your vehicleare high−speed capability tires ornot before driving at such speeds.

� Do not continue normal drivingwhen the brakes are wet. If they arewet, your vehicle will require alonger stopping distance, and itmay pull to one side when thebrakes are applied. Also, the park-ing brake will not hold the vehiclesecurely.

Make sure you have a proper freezeprotection for engine coolant.

Only use “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”or similar high quality ethylene glycolbased non−silicate, non−amine, non−nitrite,and non−borate coolant with long−lifehybrid organic acid technology. (Coolantwith long−life hybrid organic acidtechnology is a combination of lowphosphates and organic acids.)

See “Checking the engine coolant level” inSection 7−2 for details of coolant typeselection.

For the U.S.A.—“Toyota Super Long LifeCoolant” is a mixture of 50% coolant and50% deionized water. This coolant pro-vides protection down to about −35�C(−31�F).

For Canada—“Toyota Super Long LifeCoolant” is a mixture of 55% coolant and45% deionized water. This coolant pro-vides protection down to about −42�C(−44�F).

NOTICE

Do not use plain water alone.

Check the condition of the battery andcables.

Cold temperatures reduce the capacity ofany battery, so it must be in top shape toprovide enough power for winter starting.Section 7−3 tells you how to visually in-spect the battery. Your Toyota dealer andmost service stations will be pleased tocheck the level of charge.

Make sure the engine oil viscosity issuitable for the cold weather.

See Section 7−2 for recommended viscos-ity. Leaving a heavy summer oil in yourvehicle during winter months may causeharder starting. If you are not sure aboutwhich oil to use, call your Toyota deal-er—he will be pleased to help.

Keep the door locks from freezing.

Squirt lock de−icer or glycerine into thelocks to keep them from freezing.

Use a washer fluid containing an anti-freeze solution.

This product is available at your Toyotadealer and most auto parts stores. Followthe manufacturer’s directions for howmuch to mix with water.

Winter driving tips

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

242


NOTICE

Do not use engine antifreeze or anyother substitute because it may dam-age your vehicle’s paint.

Do not use your parking brake whenthere is a possibility it could freeze.

When parking, put the transmission into“P” and block the rear wheels. Do not usethe parking brake, or snow or water accu-mulated in and around the parking brakemechanism may freeze, making it hard torelease.

Keep ice and snow from accumulatingunder the fenders.

Ice and snow built up under your fenderscan make steering difficult. During badwinter driving, stop and check under thefenders occasionally.

Depending on where you are driving,we recommend you carry some emer-gency equipment.

Some of the things you might put in thevehicle are tire chains, window scraper,bag of sand or salt, flares, small shovel,jumper cables, etc.

Your vehicle is not designed to bedinghy towed (with four wheels on theground) behind a motorhome.

NOTICE

Do not tow your vehicle with fourwheels on the ground. This maycause serious damage to your vehicle.

Your vehicle is designed primarily as apassenger−carrying vehicle. Towing atrailer will have an adverse effect onhandling, performance, braking, durabilityand driving economy (fuel consumption,etc.). Your safety and satisfaction dependon the proper use of correct equipmentand cautious driving habits. For yoursafety and the safety of others, you mustnot overload your vehicle or trailer. Toyotawarranties do not apply to damage ormalfunction caused by towing a trailer forcommercial purposes. Ask your localToyota dealer for further details beforetowing.

NOTICE

When towing a trailer, be sure to con-sult your Toyota dealer for further in-formation on additional requirementssuch as a towing kit, etc.

Dinghy towing Trailer towing

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

243


WEIGHT LIMITS

Before towing, make sure the total trail-er weight, gross vehicle weight, grossaxle weight and trailer tongue load areall within the limits.

The total trailer weight and tongue loadcan be measured with platform scalesfound at a highway weighing station, build-ing supply company, trucking company,junk yard, etc.

CAUTION

� The total trailer weight (trailerweight plus its cargo load) mustnot exceed 907 kg (2000 lb.). Ex-ceeding this weight is dangerous.

� Trailer hitch assemblies have differ-ent weight capacities established bythe hitch manufacturer. Even thoughthe vehicle may be physically capa-ble of towing a higher weight, theoperator must determine the maxi-mum weight rating of the particularhitch assembly and never exceedthe maximum weight rating speci-fied for the trailer−hitch. Exceedingthe maximum weight rating set bythe trailer hitch manufacturer cancause an accident resulting in seri-ous personal injuries.

� The gross vehicle weight must notexceed the Gross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR) indicated on theCertification Label. The gross ve-hicle weight is the sum of weightsof the unloaded vehicle, driver, pas-sengers, luggage, hitch and trailertongue load. It also includes theweight of any special equipmentinstalled on your vehicle.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

244


� The load on either the front or rearaxle resulting from distribution ofthe gross vehicle weight on bothaxles must not exceed the GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR) listedon the Certification Label.

Total trailer weight Tongue load

Tongue load� 100 = 5 to 10%

Total trailer weight

� The trailer cargo load should bedistributed so that the tongue loadis 9 to 11% of the total trailerweight, not exceeding the maximumof 90 kg (200 lb.). Never load thetrailer with more weight in the backthan in the front. About 60% of thetrailer load should be in the fronthalf of the trailer and the remaining40% in the rear.

HITCHES

� Use only a hitch which is recom-mended by the hitch manufacturer andconforms to the total trailer weight re-quirement.

� Follow the directions supplied by thehitch manufacturer, and bolt the hitchsecurely to the rear bumper. Lubricatethe hitch ball with a light coat ofgrease.

� Toyota recommends removing the trail-er hitch whenever you are not towinga trailer to reduce the possibility ofadditional damage caused by the hitchif your vehicle is struck from behind.After removing the hitch, seal anymounting holes in the vehicle body toprevent entry of pollutants such as ex-haust fumes, dirt, water, etc.

NOTICE

Do not use axle−mounted hitches asthey can cause damage to the axlehousing, wheel bearings, wheels ortires. Also, never install a hitch whichmay interfere with the normal functionof an Energy Absorbing Bumper.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

245


BRAKES AND SAFETY CHAINS

� Toyota recommends trailers withbrakes that conform to any applica-ble federal and state/provincial regu-lations.

� A safety chain must always be usedbetween the towing vehicle and thetrailer. Leave sufficient slack in thechain for turns. The chain shouldcross under the trailer tongue toprevent the tongue from dropping tothe ground in case it becomes dam-aged or separated. For correct safetychain procedures, follow the hitch ortrailer manufacturer’s recommenda-tions.

CAUTION

� If the total trailer weight exceeds453 kg (1000 lb.), trailer brakes arerequired.

� Never tap into your vehicle’s hy-draulic system as it would lower itsbraking effectiveness.

� Never tow a trailer without using asafety chain securely attached toboth the trailer and the vehicle. Ifdamage occurs to the coupling unitor hitch ball, there is danger of thetrailer wandering over into anotherlane.

TIRES

� Ensure that your vehicle’s tires areproperly inflated. See Section 7−2 andSection 8 for instructions.

� The trailer tires should be inflated tothe pressure recommended by the trail-er manufacturer in respect to the totaltrailer weight.

TRAILER LIGHTS

� Trailer lights must comply with federal,state/provincial and local regulations.See your local recreational vehicledealer or rental agency for the correcttype of wiring and relays for your trail-er. Check for correct operation of theturn signals and stop lights each timeyou hitch up. Direct splicing may dam-age your vehicle’s electrical systemand cause a malfunction of your lights.

BREAK−IN SCHEDULE

� Toyota recommends that you do nottow a trailer with a new vehicle or avehicle with any new power train com-ponent (engine, transmission, differen-tial, wheel bearing, etc.) for the first800 km (500 miles) of driving.

MAINTENANCE

� If you tow a trailer, your vehicle willrequire more frequent maintenance dueto the additional load. For this informa-tion, please refer to the scheduledmaintenance information in the “Sched-uled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’sManual Supplement”.

� Retighten all fixing bolts of the towingball and bracket after approximately1000 km (600 miles) of trailer driving.

PRE−TOWING SAFETY CHECK

� Check that your vehicle remains levelwhen a loaded or unloaded trailer ishitched. Do not drive if the vehicle hasan abnormal nose−up or nose−downcondition, and check for impropertongue load, overload, worn suspensionor other possible causes.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

246


� Make sure the trailer cargo is securelyloaded so that it can not shift.

� Check that your rear view mirrors con-form to any applicable federal, state/provincial or local regulations. If not,install the rear view mirrors requiredfor towing purpose.

TRAILER TOWING TIPS

When towing a trailer, your vehicle willhandle differently than when not tow-ing. The three main causes of vehicle−trailer accidents are driver error, exces-sive speed and improper trailer loading.Keep these in mind when towing:

� Before starting out, check operation ofthe lights and all vehicle−trailer connec-tions. After driving a short distance,stop and recheck the lights and con-nections. Before actually towing a trail-er, practice turning, stopping and back-ing with a trailer in an area away fromtraffic until you learn the feel.

� Backing with a trailer is difficult andrequires practice. Grip the bottom ofthe steering wheel and move your handto the left to move the trailer to theleft. Move your hand to the right tomove the trailer to the right. (This pro-cedure is generally opposite to thatwhen backing without a trailer.) Also,just turn the steering wheel a little ata time, avoiding sharp or prolongedturning. Have someone guide you whenbacking to reduce the risk of an acci-dent.

� Because stopping distance may be in-creased, vehicle−to−vehicle distanceshould be increased when towing atrailer. For each 16 km/h (10 mph) ofspeed, allow at least one vehicle andtrailer length between you and the ve-hicle ahead. Avoid sudden braking asyou may skid, resulting in jackknifingand loss of control. This is especiallytrue on wet or slippery surfaces.

� Avoid jerky starts or sudden accelera-tion.

� Avoid jerky steering and sharp turns.The trailer could hit your vehicle in atight turn. Slow down before making aturn to avoid the necessity of suddenbraking.

� Remember that when making a turn,the trailer wheels will be closer thanthe vehicle wheels to the inside of theturn. Therefore, compensate for this bymaking a larger than normal turningradius with your vehicle.

� Crosswinds and rough roads will ad-versely affect handling of your vehicleand trailer, causing sway. Pay attentionto the rear from time to time to pre-pare yourself for being passed by largetrucks or buses, which may cause yourvehicle and trailer to sway. If swayinghappens, firmly grip the steering wheeland reduce speed immediately butgradually. Never increase speed. Steerstraight ahead. If you make no extremecorrection with the steering or brakes,the vehicle and trailer will stabilize.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

247


� Be careful when passing other ve-hicles. Passing requires considerabledistance. After passing a vehicle, donot forget the length of your trailer andbe sure you have plenty of room be-fore changing lanes.

� In order to maintain engine braking effi-ciency do not use overdrive.

� Because of the added load of the trail-er, your vehicle’s engine may overheaton hot days (at temperatures over30�C [85�F]) when going up a long orsteep grade with a trailer. If the enginecoolant temperature gauge indicatesoverheating, immediately turn off the airconditioning (if in use), pull off the roadand stop in a safe spot. Refer to “Ifyour vehicle overheats” in Section 4.

� Always place wheel blocks under boththe vehicle and trailer wheels whenparking. Apply the parking brake firmly.Put the transmission in “P”. Avoid park-ing on a slope with a trailer, but if itcannot be avoided, do so only afterperforming the following:

1. Apply the brakes and hold.

2. Have someone place wheel blocks un-der both the vehicle and trailer wheels.

3. When the wheel blocks are in place,release your brakes slowly until theblocks absorb the load.

4. Apply the parking brake firmly.

5. Shift into “P” and turn off the engine.

When restarting out after parking on aslope:

1. With the transmission in “P” position,start the engine. Be sure to keep thebrake pedal depressed.

2. Shift into the “2”, “L” or “R” position.

3. Release the parking brake and brakepedal and slowly pull or back awayfrom the wheel blocks. Stop and applyyour brakes.

4. Have someone retrieve the blocks.

CAUTION

� Do not exceed 72 km/h (45 mph) orthe posted towing speed limit,whichever is lower. Because insta-bility (swaying) of a towing vehicle−trailer combination usually in-creases as the speed increases, ex-ceeding 72 km/h (45 mph) maycause loss of control.

� Slow down and downshift beforedescending steep or long downhillgrades. Do not make sudden down-shifts.

� Avoid holding the brake pedal downtoo long or too frequently. Thiscould cause the brakes to overheatand result in reduced braking effi-ciency.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

248


Improving fuel economy is easy—just takeit easy. It will help make your vehicle lastlonger, too. Here are some specific tipson how to save money on both fuel andrepairs:

� Keep your tires inflated at the cor-rect pressure. Underinflation causestire wear and wastes fuel. See Section7−2 for instructions.

� Do not carry unneeded weight inyour vehicle. Excess weight puts aheavier load on the engine, causinggreater fuel consumption.

� Avoid lengthy warm−up idling. Oncethe engine is running smoothly, begindriving—but gently. Remember, howev-er, that on cold winter days this maytake a little longer.

� Keep the automatic transmissionoverdrive turned on when enginebraking is not required. Driving withthe overdrive off will reduce the fueleconomy. (For details, see “Automatictransmission” in Section 1−7.)

� Accelerate slowly and smoothly.Avoid jackrabbit starts.

� Avoid long engine idling. If you havea long wait and you are not in traffic,it is better to turn off the engine andstart again later.

� Avoid engine lugging or over−rev-ving. Use a gear position suitable forthe road on which you are travelling.

� Avoid continuous speeding up andslowing down. Stop−and−go drivingwastes fuel.

� Avoid unnecessary stopping andbraking. Maintain a steady pace. Tryto time the traffic signals so you onlyneed to stop as little as possible ortake advantage of through streets toavoid traffic lights. Keep a proper dis-tance from other vehicles to avoid sud-den braking. This will also reduce wearon your brakes.

� Avoid heavy traffic or traffic jamswhenever possible.

� Do not rest your foot on the brakepedal. This causes premature wear,overheating and poor fuel economy.

� Maintain a moderate speed on high-ways. The faster you drive, the greaterthe fuel consumption. By reducing yourspeed, you will cut down on fuel con-sumption.

� Keep the front wheels in properalignment. Avoid hitting the curb andslow down on rough roads. Improperalignment not only causes faster tirewear but also puts an extra load onthe engine, which, in turn, wastes fuel.

� Keep the bottom of your vehicle freefrom mud, etc. This not only lessensweight but also helps prevent corro-sion.

� Keep your vehicle tuned−up and intop shape. A dirty air cleaner, improp-er valve clearance, dirty plugs, dirty oiland grease, brakes not adjusted, etc.all lower engine performance and con-tribute to poor fuel economy. For longerlife of all parts and lower operatingcosts, keep all maintenance work onschedule, and if you often drive undersevere conditions, see that your vehiclereceives more frequent maintenance.(For scheduled maintenance informa-tion, please refer to the “ScheduledMaintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manu-al Supplement”.)

How to save fuel and makeyour vehicle last longer

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

249


CAUTION

Never turn off the engine to coastdown hills. Your power steering andbrake booster will not function with-out the engine running. Also, theemission control system operatesproperly only when the engine is run-ning.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

250


IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCYIn case of an emergencyIf your vehicle will not start 251. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If your engine stalls while driving 254. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If your vehicle overheats 254. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If you have a flat tire 255. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If your vehicle becomes stuck 263. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If your vehicle needs to be towed 264. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If you cannot shift automatic transmission selector lever 266. . . . . . . . If you lose your keys 268. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If you lose your wireless remote control transmitter 268. . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 4

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

251


Before making these checks, make sureyou have followed the correct startingprocedure given in “How to start theengine” in Section 3 and that you havesufficient fuel. If your vehicle is equippedwith the engine immobilizer system, alsocheck whether the other keys will start theengine. If they work, your key may bebroken. Have the key checked at yourToyota dealer. If none of your keys work,there may be a malfunction in the immobi-lizer system. Call your Toyota dealer. (See“Keys (with engine immobilizer system)” inSection 1−2.)

If the engine is not turning over or isturning over too slowly—

1. Check that the battery terminals aretight and clean.

2. If the battery terminals are O.K., switchon the interior light.

3. If the light is out, dim or goes outwhen the starter is cranked, the batteryis discharged. You may try jump start-ing. See “(c) Jump starting” for furtherinstructions.

If the light is O.K., but the engine still willnot start, it needs adjustment or repair.Call a Toyota dealer or qualified repairshop.

NOTICE

Do not pull− or push−start the ve-hicle. It may damage the vehicle orcause a collision when the enginestarts. Also the three−way catalyticconverter may overheat and become afire hazard.

If the engine turns over at its normalspeed but will not start—

1. The engine may be flooded because ofrepeated cranking. See “(b) Starting aflooded engine” for further instructions.

2. If the engine still will not start, it needsadjustment or repair. Call a Toyotadealer or qualified repair shop.

If the engine will not start, your enginemay be flooded because of repeatedcranking.

If this happens, turn the key to “START”with the accelerator pedal fully depressed.Keep the key and accelerator pedal inthese positions for 15 seconds and re-lease them. Then try starting the enginewith your foot off the accelerator pedal.

If the engine does not start after 15 se-conds of cranking, release the key, waita few minutes and try again.

If the engine still will not start, it needsadjustment or repair. Call a Toyota dealeror qualified repair shop for assistance.

NOTICE

Do not crank for more than 30 se-conds at a time. This may overheatthe starter and wiring systems.

If your vehicle will not start—(a) Simple checks (b) Starting a flooded engine

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

252


To avoid serious personal injury anddamage to your vehicle which might re-sult from battery explosion, acid burns,electrical burns, or damaged electroniccomponents, these instructions must befollowed precisely.

If you are unsure about how to follow thisprocedure, we strongly recommend thatyou seek the help of a competent me-chanic or towing service.

CAUTION

� Batteries contain sulfuric acidwhich is poisonous and corrosive.Wear protective safety glasses whenjump starting, and avoid spillingacid on your skin, clothing, or ve-hicle.

� If you should accidentally get acidon yourself or in your eyes, removeany contaminated clothing and flushthe affected area with water im-mediately. Then get immediate medi-cal attention. If possible, continueto apply water with a sponge orcloth while en route to the medicaloffice.

� The gas normally produced by abattery will explode if a flame orspark is brought near. Use onlystandardized jumper cables and donot smoke or light a match whilejump starting.

NOTICE

The battery used for boosting mustbe 12 V. Do not jump start unless youare sure that the booster battery iscorrect.

JUMP STARTING PROCEDURE

1. If the booster battery is installed inanother vehicle, make sure the vehiclesare not touching. Turn off all unneces-sary lights and accessories.

2. If required, remove all the vent plugsfrom the booster and discharged batter-ies. Lay a cloth over the open ventson the batteries. (This helps reduce theexplosion hazard, personal injuries andburns.)

3. If the engine in the vehicle with thebooster battery is not running, start itand let it run for a few minutes. Duringjump starting, run the engine at about2000 rpm with the accelerator pedallightly depressed.

(c) Jump starting

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

253


Discharged battery

Boosterbattery

Positiveterminal(“+”mark)

Jumper cable Positive terminal(“+”mark)

4. Make the cable connections in the or-der a, b, c, d.

a. Connect the clamp of the positive(red) jumper cable to the positive (+)terminal on the discharged battery.

b. Connect the clamp at the other endof the positive (red) jumper cable tothe positive (+) terminal on the boosterbattery.

Jumper cable

Negative terminal(“−”mark)

Discharged battery Boosterbattery

c. Connect the clamp of the negative(black) jumper cable to the negative(−) terminal on the booster battery.

d. Connect the clamp at the other endof the negative (black) jumper cable toa solid, stationary, unpainted, metallicpoint of the vehicle with the dischargedbattery.

The recommended connecting point isshown in the following illustration:

Connecting point

Do not connect the cable to or nearany part that moves when the engineis cranked.

CAUTION

When making the connections, toavoid serious injury, do not lean overthe battery or accidentally let thejumper cables or clamps touch any-thing except the correct battery termi-nals or the ground.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

254


5. Start your engine in the normal way.After starting, run it at about 2000 rpmfor several minutes with the acceleratorpedal lightly depressed.

6. Carefully disconnect the cables in theexact reverse order: the negative cableand then the positive cable.

7. Carefully dispose of the battery covercloths—they may now contain sulfuricacid.

8. If removed, replace all the battery ventplugs.

If the cause of your battery discharging isnot apparent (for example, lights left on),you should have it checked at your Toyotadealer.

If your engine stalls while driving...

1. Reduce your speed gradually, keepinga straight line. Move cautiously off theroad to a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.

3. Try starting the engine again.

If the engine will not start, see “If yourvehicle will not start” in this Section.

CAUTION

If the engine is not running, the pow-er assist for the brakes and steeringwill not work so steering and brakingwill be much harder than usual.

If your engine coolant temperaturegauge indicates overheating, if you ex-perience a loss of power, or if you heara loud knocking or pinging noise, theengine has probably overheated. Youshould follow this procedure...

1. Pull safely off the road, stop the ve-hicle and turn on your emergencyflashers. Put the transmission in “P”and apply the parking brake. Turn offthe air conditioning if it is being used.

2. If coolant or steam is boiling out of theradiator or reservoir, stop the engine.Wait until the steam subsides beforeopening the hood. If there is no coolantboiling over or steam, leave the enginerunning and make sure the electriccooling fan is operating. If it is not,turn the ignition off.

CAUTION

To help avoid personal injury, keepthe hood closed until there is nosteam. Escaping steam or coolant isa sign of very high pressure.

If your engine stalls whiledriving If your vehicle overheats

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

255


3. Look for obvious coolant leaks from theradiator, hoses, and under the vehicle.However, note that water draining fromthe air conditioning is normal if it hasbeen used.

CAUTION

When the engine is running, keephands and clothing away from themoving fan and engine drive belts.

4. If the coolant is leaking, stop the en-gine immediately. Call a Toyota dealerfor assistance.

5. If there are no obvious leaks, checkthe coolant reservoir. If it is dry, addcoolant to the reservoir while the en-gine is running. Fill it about half full.For the coolant type, see “Coolant typeselection” in Section 7−2.

CAUTION

Do not attempt to remove the radiatorcap when the engine and radiator arehot. Serious injury could result fromscalding hot fluid and steam blownout under pressure.

6. After the engine coolant temperaturehas cooled to normal, again check thecoolant level in the reservoir. If neces-sary, bring it up to half full again. Seri-ous coolant loss indicates a leak in thesystem. You should have it checked assoon as possible at your Toyota dealer.

1. Reduce your speed gradually,keeping a straight line. Move cau-tiously off the road to a safe placewell away from the traffic. Avoidstopping on the center divider ofa highway. Park on a level spotwith firm ground.

2. Stop the engine and turn on youremergency flashers.

3. Firmly set the parking brake andput the transmission in “P”.

4. Have everyone get out of the ve-hicle on the side away from traffic.

5. Read the following instructionsthoroughly.

If you have a flat tire—

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

256


CAUTION

When jacking, be sure to observethe following to reduce the possi-bility of personal injury:� Follow jacking instructions.� Do not put any part of your

body under the vehicle sup-ported by the jack. Otherwise,personal injury may occur.

� Do not start or run the enginewhile your vehicle is supportedby the jack.

� Stop the vehicle on a level firmground, firmly set the parkingbrake and put the transmissionin “P”. Block the wheel diago-nally opposite to the one beingchanged if necessary.

� Make sure to set the jack prop-erly in the jack point. Raisingthe vehicle with jack improper-ly positioned will damage thevehicle or may allow the ve-hicle to fall off the jack andcause personal injury.

� Never get under the vehiclewhen the vehicle is supportedby the jack alone.

� Use the jack only for liftingyour vehicle during wheelchanging.

� Do not raise the vehicle withsomeone in the vehicle.

� When raising the vehicle, donot place any objects on topof or underneath the jack.

� Raise the vehicle only highenough to remove and changethe tire.

NOTICE

Do not continue driving with adeflated tire. Driving even ashort distance can damage atire and wheel beyond repair.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

257


1. Get the required tools andspare tire.1. Wheel nut wrench2. Jack3. Jack handle4. Spare tire

To prepare yourself for an emergency,you should familiarize yourself withthe use of the jack, each of the toolsand their storage locations.

To remove the jack, turn the jack jointby hand until the jack becomes free.

To store the jack, align the hole of thejack head with the vehicle hook. Turnthe jack joint until the jack base fitssecurely with the vehicle body.This prevents the jack from flying for-ward during a collision or suddenstop.

—Required tools and sparetire

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

258


To remove the spare tire:1. Loosen the nut and remove it.2. Remove the spare tire cover.3. Loosen the bolt and remove it.4. Remove the spacer.Then take the spare tire out of thevehicle.When storing the spare tire, put it inplace with the outer side of the wheelfacing up. Then secure the tire by re-peating the above removal steps inreverse order to prevent it from flyingforward during a collision or suddenbraking.

2. Block the wheel diagonally op-posite the flat tire to keep thevehicle from rolling when it isjacked up.

When blocking the wheel, place awheel block in front of one of the frontwheels or behind one of the rearwheels.

3. Remove the wheel ornament.Pry off the wheel ornament, using thebeveled end of the wheel nut wrenchas shown.

CAUTION

Do not try to pull off the orna-ment by hand. Take due care inhandling the ornament to avoidunexpected personal injury.

—Blocking the wheel—Removing wheel ornament(steel wheels only)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

259


4. Loosen all the wheel nuts.Always loosen the wheel nuts beforeraising the vehicle.Turn the wheel nuts counterclockwiseto loosen. To get maximum leverage,fit the wrench to the nut so that thehandle is on the right side, as shownabove. Grab the wrench near the endof the handle and pull up on the han-dle. Be careful that the wrench doesnot slip off the nut.Do not remove the nuts yet—just un-screw them about one−half turn.

CAUTION

Never use oil or grease on thebolts or nuts. The nuts may looseand the wheels may fall off,which could cause a serious ac-cident.

5. Position the jack at the correctjack point as shown. Rotate theload rest 90� from storage posi-tion to lifting position.

Make sure the jack is positioned ona level and solid place.

—Loosening wheel nuts —Positioning the jack

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

260


6. After making sure that no oneis in the vehicle, raise it highenough so that the spare tirecan be installed.

Remember you will need more groundclearance when putting on the sparetire than when removing the flat tire.To raise the vehicle, insert the jackhandle into the jack (it is a loose fit)and turn it clockwise. As the jacktouches the vehicle and begins to lift,double−check that it is properly posi-tioned.

CAUTION

Never get under the vehicle whenthe vehicle is supported by thejack alone.

7. Remove the wheel nuts andchange tires.

Lift the flat tire straight off and put itaside.Roll the spare wheel into position andalign the holes in the wheel with thebolts. Then lift up the wheel and getat least the top bolt started throughits hole. Wiggle the tire and press itback over the other bolts.

—Raising your vehicle —Changing wheels

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

261


Before putting on wheels, remove anycorrosion on the mounting surfaceswith a wire brush or such. Installationof wheels without good metal−to−met-al contact at the mounting surface cancause wheel nuts to loosen andeventually cause a wheel to come offwhile driving.

8. Reinstall all the wheel nuts fin-ger tight.

Reinstall the wheel nuts (tapered endinward) and tighten them as much asyou can by hand. Press back on thetire and see if you can tighten themmore.

CAUTION

Never use oil or grease on thebolts or nuts. Doing so may leadto overtightening the nuts anddamaging the bolts. The nutsmay loose and the wheels mayfall off, which could cause a seri-ous accident. If there is oil orgrease on any bolt or nut, cleanit.

—Reinstalling wheel nuts

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

262


9. Lower the vehicle completelyand tighten the wheel nuts.

Turn the jack handle counterclock-wise to lower the vehicle.Use only the wheel nut wrench andturn it clockwise to tighten the nuts.Do not use other tools or any addition-al leverage other than your hands,such as a hammer, pipe or your foot.Make sure the wrench is securely en-gaged over the nut.Tighten each nut a little at a time inthe order shown. Repeat the processuntil all the nuts are tight.

CAUTION

� When lowering the vehicle,make sure all portions of yourbody and all other personsaround will not be injured asthe vehicle is lowered to theground.

� Have the wheel nuts tightenedwith torque wrench to 103 N·m(10.5 kgf·m, 76 ft·lbf), as soonas possible after changingwheels. Otherwise, the nutsmay loosen and the wheelsmay fall off, which could causea serious accident.

10.Reinstall the wheel ornament.Align the cutout of the wheel orna-ment with the valve stem as shown.Then press hand firmly on one sideof wheel ornament and then firmly tapthe other side around the edge ofwheel ornament with the heel of yourhand to snap into place.

CAUTION

Take due care in handling the or-nament to avoid unexpected per-sonal injury.

—Lowering your vehicle—Reinstalling wheel ornament(steel wheels only)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

263


11.Check the air pressure of the re-placed tire.

Adjust the air pressure to the specifi-cation designated in Section 8. If thepressure is lower, drive slowly to thenearest service station and fill to thecorrect pressure.Do not forget to reinstall the tire infla-tion valve cap as dirt and moisturecould get into the valve core andpossibly cause air leakage. If the capis missing, have a new one put on assoon as possible.12.Restow all the tools, jack and

flat tire securely.As soon after changing wheels aspossible, tighten the wheel nuts to thetorque specified in Section 8 with atorque wrench. Have a technician re-pair the flat tire and replace the sparetire with it.

CAUTION

Before driving, make sure all thetools, jack and flat tire are se-curely in place in their storagelocation to reduce the possibilityof personal injury during a colli-sion or sudden braking.

If your vehicle becomes stuck in snow,mud, sand, etc., then you may attemptto rock the vehicle free by moving itforward and backward.

Vehicles with traction control system—Turn off the traction control system tobecome unstuck to allow the tires tospin enough to remove the vehicle fromthe obstruction. (For details, see “Ve-hicle stability control system” in Sec-tion 1−7.)

CAUTION

Do not attempt to rock the vehiclefree by moving it forward and back-ward if people or objects are any-where near the vehicle. During therocking operation the vehicle maysuddenly move forward or backwardas it becomes unstuck, causing injuryor damage to nearby people or ob-jects.

—After changing wheels If your vehicle becomes stuck

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

264


NOTICE

If you rock your vehicle, observe thefollowing precautions to prevent dam-age to the transmission and otherparts.

� Do not depress the accelerator ped-al while shifting the selector leveror before the transmission is com-pletely shifted to forward or reversegear.

� Do not race the engine and avoidspinning the wheels.

� If your vehicle remains stuck afterrocking the vehicle several times,consider other ways such as tow-ing.

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck—

—From rear

(b) Using flat bed truck

—From front

If towing is necessary, we recommendyou to have it done by your Toyotadealer or a commercial tow truck ser-vice. In consultation with them, haveyour vehicle towed using either (a) or(b).

Only when you cannot receive a towingservice from a Toyota dealer or com-mercial tow truck service, tow your ve-hicle carefully in accordance with theinstructions given in “—Emergency tow-ing” in this Section.

Proper equipment will help ensure thatyour vehicle is not damaged while beingtowed. Commercial operators are generallyaware of the state/provincial and locallaws pertaining to towing.

Your vehicle can be damaged if it istowed incorrectly. Although most operatorsknow the correct procedure, it is possibleto make a mistake. To avoid damage toyour vehicle, make sure the following pre-cautions are observed. If necessary, showthis page to the tow truck driver.

If your vehicle needs to betowed—

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

265


TOWING PRECAUTIONS:

Use a safety chain system for all towing,and abide by the state/provincial and locallaws. The wheels and axle on the groundmust be in good condition. If they aredamaged, use a towing dolly.

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck

From front—Release the parking brake.

NOTICE

When lifting wheels, take care to en-sure adequate ground clearance fortowing at the opposite end of theraised vehicle. Otherwise, the bumperand/or underbody of the towed vehiclewill be damaged during towing.

From rear—Use a towing dolly under thefront wheels.

NOTICE

Never tow from the rear with the frontwheels on the ground, as this maycause serious damage to the trans-mission.

(b) Using flat bed truck

(c) Towing with sling type truck

(c) Towing with sling type truck

NOTICE

Do not tow with sling type truck, ei-ther from the front or rear. This maycause body damage.

If towing is necessary, we recommendyou to have it done by your Toyotadealer or a commercial tow truck ser-vice.

If towing service is not available in anemergency, your vehicle may be tempo-rarily towed by a cable or chain se-cured to one of the emergency towingeyelets under the vehicle. Use extremecaution when towing vehicles.

—Emergency towing

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

266


NOTICE

� Only use specified towing eyelet;otherwise your vehicle may be dam-aged.

� Never tow a vehicle from the rearwith four wheels on the ground.This may cause serious damage tothe transmission.

A driver must be in the vehicle to steerit and operate the brakes.

Towing in this manner may be done onlyon hard−surfaced roads for a short dis-tance and at low speeds. Also, thewheels, axles, drive train, steering andbrakes must all be in good condition.

CAUTION

Use extreme caution when towing ve-hicles. Avoid sudden starts or erraticdriving maneuvers which would placeexcessive stress on the emergencytowing eyelets and towing cable orchain. The eyelets and towing cableor chain may break and cause seriousinjury or damage.

NOTICE

Use only a cable or chain specificallyintended for use in towing vehicles.Securely fasten the cable or chain tothe towing eyelets provided.

Before towing, release the parking brakeand put the transmission in “N”. The keymust be in “ACC” (engine off) or “ON”(engine running).

CAUTION

If the engine is not running, the pow-er assist for the brakes and steeringwill not work so steering and brakingwill be much harder than usual.

If you cannot shift the selector leverout of “P” position to other positionseven though the brake pedal is de-pressed, use the shift lock override but-ton as follows:

1. Turn the ignition key to “LOCK”position. Make sure the parkingbrake is applied.

2. Pry up the cover with a flat−bladedscrewdriver or equivalent.

If you cannot shift automatictransmission selector lever(floor shift type)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

267


3. Insert your finger into the hole topush down the shift lock overridebutton. You can shift out of “P”position only while pushing the but-ton.

4. Shift into “N” position.

5. Insert the cover.

6. Start the engine. For your safety,keep the brake pedal depressed.

Be sure to have the system checked byyour Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

If you cannot shift the selector leverout of “P” position to other positionseven though the brake pedal is de-pressed, use the shift lock override but-ton as follows:

1. Turn the ignition key to “LOCK”position. Make sure the parkingbrake is applied.

2. Pry up the cover with a flat−bladedscrewdriver or equivalent.

3. Insert the screwdriver or equivalentinto the hole to pull down the shiftlock override button. You can shiftout of “P” position only while push-ing the button.

4. Shift into “N” position.

5. Insert the cover.

6. Start the engine. For your safety,keep the brake pedal depressed.

Be sure to have the system checked byyour Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

If you cannot shift automatictransmission selector lever(column shift type)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

268


You can purchase a new key at yourToyota dealer if you can give them thekey number. If your vehicle is equippedwith the engine immobilizer system, thedealer will also need your master key.

Vehicles with engine immobilizer system—Even if you lose only one key, contactyour Toyota dealer to make a new key. Ifyou lose all your master keys, you cannotmake new keys; the whole engine immobi-lizer system must be replaced.

See the suggestion given in “Keys” inSection 1−2.

If your keys are locked in the vehicle andyou cannot get a duplicate, many Toyotadealers can still open the door for you,using their special tools. If you mustbreak a window to get in, we suggestbreaking the smallest side window be-cause it is the least expensive to replace.Be extremely cautious to avoid cuts fromthe glass.

You can purchase a new wireless re-mote control transmitter at your Toyotadealer.

Have the registered identification numbersof your transmitters deleted from your ve-hicle by your Toyota dealer as soon aspossible to avoid the possibility of theft oran accident. Then, have the identificationnumber of your new transmitter registered.At the same time, you must bring all ofthe remaining transmitters to have themregistered again as well.

You can use the wireless remote controlsystem with the new transmitter. Contactyour Toyota dealer for detailed information.

If you lose your keysIf you lose your wirelessremote control transmitter

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

269


’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

270


CORROSION PREVENTION ANDAPPEARANCE CARECorrosion prevention and appearance careProtecting your Toyota from corrosion 271. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Washing and waxing your Toyota 272. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning the interior 273. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 5

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

271


Toyota, through the diligent research, de-sign and use of the most advancedtechnology available, helps prevent corro-sion and provides you with the finest qual-ity vehicle construction. Now, it is up toyou. Proper care of your Toyota can helpensure long−term corrosion prevention.

The most common causes of corrosionto your vehicle are:

� The accumulation of road salt, dirt andmoisture in hard−to−reach areas underthe vehicle.

� Chipping of paint, or undercoatingcaused by minor accidents or bystones and gravel.

Care is especially important if you livein particular areas or operate your ve-hicle under certain environmental condi-tions:

� Road salt or dust control chemicals willaccelerate corrosion, as will the pres-ence of salt in the air near the sea−coast or in areas of industrial pollution.

� High humidity accelerates corrosion es-pecially when temperatures range justabove the freezing point.

� Wetness or dampness to certain partsof your vehicle for an extended periodof time, may cause corrosion eventhough other parts of the vehicle maybe dry.

� High ambient temperatures can causecorrosion to those components of thevehicle which do not dry quickly due tolack of proper ventilation.

The above signifies the necessity to keepyour vehicle, particularly the underside, asclean as possible and to repair any dam-age to paint or protective coatings assoon as possible.

To help prevent corrosion on yourToyota, follow these guidelines:

Wash your vehicle frequently. It is, ofcourse, necessary to keep your vehicleclean by regular washing, but to preventcorrosion, the following points should beobserved:

� If you drive on salted roads in thewinter or if you live near the ocean,you should hose off the undercarriageat least once a month to minimize cor-rosion.

� High pressure water or steam is effec-tive for cleaning the vehicle’s undersideand wheel housings. Pay particularattention to these areas as it is difficultto see all the mud and dirt. It will domore harm than good to simply wet themud and debris without removing. Thelower edge of doors, rocker panels andframe members have drain holes whichshould not be allowed to clog with dirtas trapped water in these areas cancause corrosion.

� Wash the underside of the vehicle thor-oughly when winter is over.

See “Washing and waxing your Toyota” formore tips.

Check the condition of your vehicle’spaint and trim. If you find any chips orscratches in the paint, touch them up im-mediately to prevent corrosion from start-ing. If the chips or scratches have gonethrough the bare metal, have a qualifiedbody shop make the repair.

Protecting your Toyota fromcorrosion

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

272


Check the interior of your vehicle. Wa-ter and dirt can accumulate under thefloor mats and could cause corrosion. Oc-casionally check under the mats to makesure the area is dry. Be particularly care-ful when transporting chemicals, cleans-ers, fertilizers, salt, etc.; these should betransported in proper containers. If a spillor leak should occur, immediately cleanand dry the area.

Use mud shields on your wheels. If youdrive on salted or gravel roads, mudshields help protect your vehicle. Full−sizeshields, which come as near to the groundas possible, are the best. We recommendthat the fittings and the area where theshields are installed be treated to resistcorrosion. Your Toyota dealer will behappy to assist in supplying and installingthe shields if they are recommended foryour area.

Keep your vehicle in a well ventilatedgarage or a roofed place. Do not parkyour vehicle in a damp, poorly venti-lated garage. If you wash your vehicle inthe garage, or if you drive it covered withwater or snow, your garage may be sodamp as to cause corrosion. Even if yourgarage is heated, a wet vehicle can cor-rode if the ventilation is poor.

Washing your Toyota

Keep your vehicle clean by regularwashing.

The following cases may cause weaknessto the paint or corrosion to the body andparts. Wash your vehicle as soon as pos-sible.

� When driving in a coastal area

� When driving on a road sprinkled withantifreeze

� When exposed to coal tar, tree sap,bird droppings and carcass of an insect

� When driving in areas where there isa lot of smoke, soot, dust, iron dust orchemical substances

� When the vehicle becomes remarkablydirty with dust and mud

Hand−washing your Toyota

Work in the shade and wait until thevehicle body is not hot to the touch.

CAUTION

When cleaning under floor or chassis,be careful not to injure your hands.

1. Rinse off loose dirt with a hose. Re-move any mud or road salt from theunderside of the vehicle or in thewheel wells.

2. Wash with a mild car−wash soap,mixed according to the manufacturer’sinstructions. Use a soft cotton mitt andkeep it wet by dipping it frequently intothe wash water. Do not rub hard—letthe soap and water remove the dirt.

Plastic wheel ornaments: The plasticwheel ornaments are damaged easily byorganic substances. If any organic sub-stances splashes an ornament, be sure towash it off with water and check if theornament is damaged.

CAUTION

Do not attach the heavily damagedplastic wheel ornament. It may fly offthe wheel and cause accidents whilethe vehicle is moving.

Aluminum wheels: Use only a mild soapor neutral detergent.

Plastic bumpers: Wash carefully. Do notscrub with abrasive cleaners. The bumperfaces are soft.

Washing and waxing yourToyota

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

273


Road tar: Remove with turpentine orcleaners that are marked safe for paintedsurfaces.

NOTICE

Do not use organic substances (gaso-line, kerosene, benzine or strong sol-vents), which may be toxic or causedamage.

3. Rinse thoroughly—dried soap cancause streaking. In hot weather youmay need to rinse each section rightafter you wash it.

4. To prevent water spots, dry the vehicleusing a clean soft cotton towel. Do notrub or press hard—you might scratchthe paint.

Automatic car wash

Your vehicle may be washed in an auto-matic car wash, but remember that thepaint can be scratched by some types ofbrushes, unfiltered washing water, or thewashing process itself. Scratching reducespaint durability and gloss, especially ondarker colors. The manager of the carwash should be able to advise you wheth-er the process is safe for the paint onyour vehicle.

Waxing your Toyota

Polishing and waxing is recommendedto maintain the original beauty of yourToyota’s finish.

Apply wax once a month or if the vehiclesurface does not repel water well.

1. Always wash and dry the vehicle be-fore you begin waxing, even if you areusing a combined cleaner and wax.

2. Use a good quality polish and wax. Ifthe finish has become extremely weath-ered, use a car−cleaning polish, fol-lowed by a separate wax. Carefully fol-low the manufacturer’s instructions andprecautions. Be sure to polish and waxthe chrome trim as well as the paint.

3. Wax the vehicle again when waterdoes not bead but remains on the sur-face in large patches.

NOTICE

Always remove the plastic bumpers ifyour vehicle is re−painted and placedin a high heat paint waxing booth.High temperatures could damage thebumpers.

CAUTION

� Be careful not to splash water orspill liquid on the floor. This mayprevent the side airbags from acti-vating correctly, resulting in seriousinjury.

� Do not wash the vehicle floor withwater, or allow water to get ontothe floor when cleaning the vehicleinterior or exterior. Water may getinto audio components or otherelectrical components above or un-der the floor carpet (or mat) andcause a malfunction; and it maycause body corrosion.

Vinyl interior

The vinyl upholstery may be easilycleaned with a mild soap or detergentand water.

Cleaning the interior

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

274


First vacuum over the upholstery to re-move loose dirt. Then, using a sponge orsoft cloth, apply the soap solution to thevinyl. After allowing it to soak in for a fewminutes to loosen the dirt, remove the dirtand wipe off the soap with a clean dampcloth. If all the dirt do not come off, re-peat the procedure. Commercial foaming−type vinyl cleaners are also availablewhich work well. Follow the manufacturer’sinstructions.

NOTICE

Do not use solvent, thinner, gasolineor window cleaner on the interior.

Carpets

Use a good foam−type shampoo toclean the carpets.

Begin by vacuuming thoroughly to removeas much dirt as possible. Several types offoam cleaners are available; some are inaerosol cans and others are powders orliquids which you mix with water to pro-duce a foam. To shampoo the carpets,use a sponge or brush to apply the foam.Rub in overlapping circles.

Do not apply water—the best results areobtained by keeping the carpet as dry aspossible. Read the shampoo instructionsand follow them closely.

Seat belts

The seat belts may be cleaned withmild soap and water or with lukewarmwater.

Use a cloth or sponge. As you are clean-ing, check the belts for excessive wear,fraying, or cuts.

NOTICE

� Do not use dye or bleach on thebelts—it may weaken them.

� Do not use the belts until they be-come dry.

Windows

The windows may be cleaned with anyhousehold window cleaner.

NOTICE

When cleaning the inside of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the heater wires or connec-tors.

Air conditioning control panel, car au-dio, instrument panel, console panel,and switches

Use a soft damp cloth for cleaning.

Soak a clean soft cloth in water or luke-warm water then lightly wipe off dirt.

NOTICE

� Do not use organic substances (sol-vents, kerosene, alcohol, gasoline,etc.) or alkaline or acidic solutions.These chemicals can cause discol-oring, staining or peeling of thesurface.

� If you use cleaners or polishingagents, make sure their ingredientsdo not include the substances men-tioned above.

� If you use a liquid car freshener, donot spill the liquid onto the ve-hicle’s interior surfaces. It may con-tain the ingredients mentionedabove. Immediately clean any spillusing the method mentioned above.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

275


Leather interior

The leather upholstery may be cleanedwith neutral detergent for wool.

Remove dirt using a soft cloth dampenedwith 5% solution of neutral detergent forwool. Then thoroughly wipe off all tracesof detergent with a clean damp cloth.

After cleaning or whenever any part of theleather gets wet, dry with a soft cleancloth. Allow the leather to dry in a venti-lated shaded area.

NOTICE

� If a stain should fail to come outwith a neutral detergent, apply acleaner that does not contain anorganic solvent.

� Never use organic substances suchas benzine, alcohol or gasoline, oralkaline or acid solutions for clean-ing the leather as these couldcause discoloring.

� Use of a nylon brush or syntheticfiber cloth, etc. may scratch thefine grained surface of the leather.

� Mildew may develop on soiled leath-er upholstery. Be especially carefulto avoid oil spots. Try to keep yourupholstery always clean.

� Long exposure to direct sunlightmay cause the leather surface toharden and shrink. Keep your ve-hicle in a shaded area, especially inthe summer.

� The interior of your vehicle is aptto heat up on hot summer days, soavoid placing on the upholsteryitems made of vinyl or plastic orcontaining wax as these tend tostick to leather when warm.

� Improper cleaning of the leather up-holstery could result in discolor-ation or staining.

If you have any questions about thecleaning of your Toyota, your localToyota dealer will be pleased to answerthem.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

276


VEHICLE MAINTENANCE AND CAREVehicle maintenance and careMaintenance requirements 277. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General maintenance 278. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Does your vehicle need repairing? 280. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emissions Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) programs 281. . . . . . . . .

For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

SECTION 6

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

277


Your Toyota vehicle has been designed forfewer maintenance requirements with long-er service intervals to save both your timeand money. However, each regular mainte-nance, as well as day−to−day care, ismore important than ever before to ensuresmooth, and trouble−free, safe, and eco-nomical drivings.

It is the owner’s responsibility to makesure the specified maintenance, includinggeneral maintenance service, is performed.Note that both the new vehicle and emis-sion control system warranties specify thatproper maintenance and care must be per-formed. See “Owner’s Warranty Informa-tion Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-ment” for complete warranty information.

General maintenance

General maintenance items are those day−to−day care practices that are important toyour vehicle for proper operation. It is theowner’s responsibility to insure that thegeneral maintenance items are performedregularly.

These checks or inspections can be doneeither by yourself or a qualified technician,or if you prefer, your Toyota dealer will bepleased to do them at a nominal cost.

Scheduled maintenance

The scheduled maintenance items listed inthe “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or“Owner’s Manual Supplement” are thoserequired to be serviced at regular inter-vals.

For details of your maintenance schedule,read the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide”or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

It is recommended that any replacementparts used for maintenance or for therepair of the emission control systembe Toyota supplied.

The owner may elect to use non−Toyotasupplied parts for replacement pur-poses without invalidating the emissioncontrol system warranty. However, useof replacement parts which are not ofequivalent quality may impair the effec-tiveness of the emission control sys-tems.

You may also elect to have mainte-nance, replacement, or repair of theemission control devices and systemperformed by any automotive repair es-tablishment or individual without invali-dating this warranty. See “Owner’s War-ranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’sManual Supplement” for complete war-ranty information.

Where to go for service?

Toyota technicians are well−trained spe-cialists and are kept up to date with thelatest service information through technicalbulletins, service tips, and in−dealershiptraining programs. They learn to work onToyotas before they work on your vehicle,rather than while they are working on it.

You can be confident that your Toyotadealer’s service department performs thebest job to meet the maintenance require-ments on your vehicle—reliably and eco-nomically.

Your copy of the repair order is proof thatall required maintenance has been per-formed for warranty coverage. If any prob-lems should arise with your vehicle whileunder warranty, your Toyota dealer willpromptly take care of it. Again, be sureto keep a copy of the repair order for anyservice performed on your Toyota.

Maintenance requirements

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

278


What about do−it−yourself maintenance?

Many of the maintenance items are easyto do yourself if you have a little mechani-cal ability and a few basic automotivetools. Simple instructions for how to per-form them are presented in Section 7.

If you are a skilled do−it−yourself mechan-ic, the Toyota service manuals are recom-mended. Please be aware that do−it−your-self maintenance can affect your warrantycoverage. See “Owner’s Warranty Informa-tion Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-ment” for the details.

Listed below are the general maintenanceitems that should be performed as fre-quently as specified. In addition to check-ing the items listed, if you notice anyunusual noise, smell or vibration, youshould investigate the cause or take yourvehicle to your Toyota dealer or a quali-fied service shop immediately. It is recom-mended that any problem you notice bebrought to the attention of your dealer orthe qualified service shop for their advice.

CAUTION

Make these checks only with ade-quate ventilation if you run the en-gine.

IN THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT

Items listed below should be checkedfrom time to time, e.g. each time whenrefueling.

Washer fluidMake sure there is sufficient fluid in thetank. See Section 7−3 for additional infor-mation.

Engine coolant levelMake sure the coolant level is betweenthe “FULL” and “LOW” lines on the see−through reservoir when the engine is cold.See Section 7−2 for additional information.

Radiator, condenser and hosesCheck that the front of the radiator andcondenser are clean and not blocked withleaves, dirt, or insects. See in Section7−2 for additional information.

Battery conditionCheck the battery condition by the indica-tor color. See Section 7−3 for additionalinformation.

Brake fluid levelMake sure the brake fluid level is correct.See Section 7−2 for additional information.

Engine oil levelCheck the level on the dipstick with theengine turned off and the vehicle parkedon a level spot. See Section 7−2 for addi-tional information.

Power steering fluid levelCheck the level through the reservoir. Thelevel should be in the “HOT” or “COLD”range depending on the fluid temperature.See Section 7−2 for additional information.

General maintenance

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

279


Exhaust systemIf you notice any change in the sound ofthe exhaust or smell exhaust fumes, havethe cause located and corrected immedi-ately. (See “Engine exhaust cautions” inSection 2.)

INSIDE THE VEHICLE

Items listed below should be checkedregularly, e.g. while performing periodicservices, cleaning the vehicle, etc.

LightsMake sure the headlights, stop lights, taillights, turn signal lights, and other lightsare all working. Check headlight aim.

Service reminder indicators and warningbuzzersCheck that all service reminder indicatorsand warning buzzers function properly.

Steering wheelCheck that it has the specified free play.Be alert for changes in steering condition,such as hard steering or strange noise.

SeatsCheck that all front seat controls such asseat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. op-erate smoothly and that all latches locksecurely in any position. Check that thehead restraints move up and downsmoothly and that the locks hold securelyin any latched position.

Seat beltsCheck that the seat belt system such asbuckles, retractors and anchors operateproperly and smoothly. Make sure the beltwebbing is not cut, frayed, worn or dam-aged.

Accelerator pedalCheck the pedal for smooth operation anduneven pedal effort or catching.

Brake pedalCheck the pedal for smooth operation andthat the pedal has the proper clearance.Check the brake booster function.

BrakesIn a safe place, check that the brakes donot pull to one side when applied.

Parking brakeCheck that the pedal has the proper traveland that, on a safe incline, your vehicleis held securely with only the parkingbrake applied.

Automatic transmission “Park” mecha-nismCheck the lock release button of the se-lector lever for proper and smooth opera-tion. On a safe incline, check that yourvehicle is held securely with the selectorlever in “P” position and all brakes re-leased.

OUTSIDE THE VEHICLE

Items listed below should be performedfrom time to time, unless otherwisespecified.

Fluid leaksCheck underneath for leaking fuel, oil, wa-ter or other fluid after the vehicle hasbeen parked for a while. If you smell fuelfumes or notice any leak, have the causefound and corrected immediately.

Doors and engine hoodCheck that all doors including trunk lidoperate smoothly and all latches lock se-curely. Make sure the engine hood sec-ondary latch secures the hood from open-ing when the primary latch is released.

Tire inflation pressureCheck the pressure with a gauge ev-ery two weeks, or at least once amonth. See Section 7−2 for additionalinformation.Tire surface and wheel nutsCheck the tires carefully for cuts,damage or excessive wear. See Sec-tion 7−2 for additional information.When checking the tires, make sureno nuts are missing, and check thenuts for looseness. Tighten them ifnecessary.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

280


Tire rotationRotate the tires according to themaintenance schedule. (For sched-uled maintenance information, pleaserefer to the “Scheduled MaintenanceGuide” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-ment”.) See Section 7−2 for additionalinformation.

Be on the alert for changes in perfor-mance, sounds, and visual tip−offs thatindicate service is needed. Some impor-tant clues are as follows:

� Engine missing, stumbling, or pinging

� Appreciable loss of power

� Strange engine noises

� A leak under the vehicle (however, wa-ter dripping from the air conditioningafter use is normal.)

� Change in exhaust sound (This mayindicate a dangerous carbon monoxideleak. Drive with the windows open andhave the exhaust system checked im-mediately.)

� Flat−looking tire; excessive tire squealwhen cornering; uneven tire wear

� Vehicle pulls to one side when drivingstraight on a level road

� Strange noises related to suspensionmovement

� Loss of brake effectiveness; spongyfeeling brake; pedal almost touchesfloor; vehicle pulls to one side whenbraking

� Engine coolant temperature continuallyhigher than normal

If you notice any of these clues, take yourvehicle to your Toyota dealer as soon aspossible. It probably needs adjustment orrepair.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving with the ve-hicle unchecked. It could result in se-rious vehicle damage and possiblypersonal injury.

Does your vehicle needrepairing?

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

281


Some states have vehicle emission in-spection programs which include OBD(On−Board Diagnostics) checks.

The OBD system monitors the operationof the emission control system. When theOBD system determines that a problemexists somewhere in the emission controlsystem, the malfunction indicator lampcomes on. In this case, your vehicle maynot pass the I/M test and need to berepaired. Contact your Toyota dealer toservice the vehicle.

Even if the malfunction indicator lampdoes not come on, your vehicle may notpass the I/M test as readiness codeshave not been set in the OBD system.

Readiness codes are automatically setduring ordinary driving. However, when thebattery is disconnected or run down, thecodes are erased. Also, depending onyour driving habits, the codes may not becompletely set.

Also, if the malfunction indicator lamp hadcome on recently due to temporary mal-function such as a loose fuel tank cap,your vehicle may not pass the I/M test.

The malfunction indicator lamp will go offafter taking several driving trips, but theerror code in the OBD system will not becleared unless about 40 trips or more aretaken.

If your vehicle does not pass the I/M testeven the malfunction indicator lamp doesnot come on, contact your Toyota dealerto prepare the vehicle for re−testing.

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance (I/M) programs

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

282


DO−IT−YOURSELF MAINTENANCEIntroductionEngine compartment overview 283. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuse locations 284. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Do−it−yourself service precautions 285. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Positioning the jack 287. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parts and tools 288. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 7− 1

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

283


1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Power steering fluid reservoir

3. Engine oil level dipstick

4. Engine oil filler cap

5. Brake fluid reservoir

6. Fuse blocks

7. Battery

8. Radiator

9. Electric cooling fans

10. Condenser

11. Windshield washer fluid tank

Engine compartment overview

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

284


Spare fuses

Fuse locations

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

285


If you perform maintenance by yourself,be sure to follow the correct proceduregiven in this Section.

You should be aware that improper or in-complete servicing may result in operatingproblems.

Performing do−it−yourself maintenanceduring the warranty period may affect yourwarranty coverage. Read the separateToyota Warranty statement for details andsuggestions.

This Section gives instructions only forthose items that are relatively easy for anowner to perform. As explained in Section6, there are still a number of items thatmust be done by a qualified technicianwith special tools.

For information on tools and parts for do−it−yourself maintenance, see “Parts andtools” in this Section.

Utmost care should be taken when work-ing on your vehicle to prevent accidentalinjury. Here are a few precautions thatyou should be especially careful to ob-serve:

CAUTION

� When the engine is running, keephands, clothing, and tools awayfrom the moving fan and enginedrive belts. (Removing rings,watches, and ties is advisable.)

� Right after driving, the enginecompartment—the engine, radiator,exhaust manifold and spark plugboots, etc.—will be hot. So be care-ful not to touch them. Oil, fluidsand spark plugs may also be hot.

� If the engine is hot, do not removethe radiator cap or loosen the drainplugs to prevent burning yourself.

� Do not leave anything that mayburn easily, such as paper or rags,in the engine compartment.

� Do not smoke, cause sparks or al-low open flames around fuel or thebattery. Their fumes are flammable.

� Do not get under your vehicle withjust the body jack supporting it. Al-ways use automotive jack stands orother solid supports.

� Be sure that the ignition is off ifyou work near the electric coolingfans or radiator grille. With theignition on, the electric cooling fanswill automatically start to run if theengine coolant temperature is highand/or the air conditioning is on.

� Use eye protection whenever youwork on or under your vehiclewhere you may be exposed to flyingor falling material, fluid spray, etc.

� Used engine oil contains potentiallyharmful contaminants which maycause skin disorders such as in-flammation or skin cancer, so careshould be taken to avoid prolongedand repeated contact with it. To re-move used engine oil from yourskin, wash thoroughly with soapand water.

� Do not leave used oil within thereach of children.

� Dispose of used oil and filter onlyin a safe and acceptable manner.Do not dispose of used oil and fil-ter in household trash, in sewers oronto the ground. Call your dealer ora service station for informationconcerning recycling or disposal.

Do−it−yourself serviceprecautions

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

286


� Be extremely cautious when work-ing on the battery. It contains poi-sonous and corrosive sulfuric acid.

NOTICE

� Remember that battery and ignitioncables carry high currents or volt-ages. Be careful of accidentallycausing a short circuit.

� Add only “Toyota Super Long LifeCoolant” or similar high quality eth-ylene glycol based non−silicate,non−amine, non−nitrite, and non−bo-rate coolant with long−life hybridorganic acid technology to fill theradiator. “Toyota Super Long LifeCoolant” is a mixture of 50% cool-ant and 50% deionized water (forthe U.S.A.) or 55% coolant and 45%deionized water (for Canada).

� If you spill some of the coolant, besure to wash it off with water toprevent it from damaging the partsor paint.

� Do not allow dirt or anything elseto fall through the spark plug holes.

� Do not pry the outer electrode of aspark plug against the center elec-trode.

� Use only spark plugs of the speci-fied type. Using other types willcause engine damage, loss of per-formance or radio noise.

� Do not reuse iridium−tipped sparkplugs by cleaning or regapping.

� Do not overfill automatic transmis-sion fluid, or the transmissioncould be damaged.

� Do not drive with the air cleanerfilter removed, or excessive enginewear could result. Also backfiringcould cause a fire in the enginecompartment.

� Be careful not to scratch the glasssurface with the wiper frame.

� When closing the engine hood,check to see that you have not for-gotten any tools, rags, etc.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

287


Front

Rear

When jacking up your vehicle with thejack, position the jack correctly asshown in the illustrations.

CAUTION

When jacking, be sure to observe thefollowing to reduce the possibility ofpersonal injury:

� Follow jacking instructions.

� Do not put any part of your bodyunder the vehicle supported by thejack. Personal injury may occur.

� Do not start or run the engine whileyour vehicle is supported by thejack.

� Stop the vehicle on a level firmground, firmly set the parking brakeand put the transmission in “P”.Block the wheels on the oppositeside of the jack up point if neces-sary.

� Make sure to set the jack properlyin the jack point. Raising the ve-hicle with jack improperly posi-tioned will damage the vehicle ormay allow the vehicle to fall off thejack and cause personal injury.

� Never get under the vehicle whenthe vehicle is supported by the jackalone; use vehicle support stands.

� Do not raise the vehicle with some-one in the vehicle.

� When raising the vehicle, do notplace any objects on top of or un-derneath the jack.

NOTICE

Make sure to place the jack correctly,or your vehicle may be damaged.

Positioning the jack

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

288


Here is a list of parts and tools you willneed to perform do−it−yourself mainte-nance. Remember all Toyota parts are de-signed in metric sizes, so your tools mustbe metric.

CHECKING THE ENGINE OIL LEVEL

Parts (if level is low):

� “Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equiva-lent

See Section 7−2 for details about en-gine oil selection.

Tools:

� Rag or paper towel

� Funnel (only for adding oil)

CHECKING THE ENGINE COOLANTLEVEL


� “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” orsimilar high quality ethylene glycolbased non−silicate, non−amine, non−ni-trite, and non−borate coolant with long−life hybrid organic acid technology.

“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is amixture of 50% coolant and 50% deion-ized water (for the U.S.A.) or 55%coolant and 45% deionized water (forCanada).

Tools:

� Funnel (only for adding coolant)

CHECKING BRAKE FLUID


� SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3brake fluid

Tools:


� Funnel (only for adding fluid)

CHECKING POWER STEERING FLUID


� Automatic transmission fluidDEXRON�II or III

Tools:


� Funnel (only for adding fluid)

CHECKING BATTERY CONDITION

Tools:

� Warm water

� Baking soda

� Grease

� Conventional wrench (for terminalclamp bolts)

CHECKING AND REPLACING FUSES

Parts (if replacement is necessary):

� Fuse with same amperage rating asoriginal

ADDING WASHER FLUID

Parts:

� Water

� Washer fluid containing antifreeze(for winter use)

Tools:

� Funnel

REPLACING LIGHT BULBS

Parts:

� Bulb with same number and wattagerating as original (See charts in “Re-placing light bulbs” in Section 7−3.)

Tools:

� Screwdriver

Parts and tools

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

289


’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

290


DO−IT−YOURSELF MAINTENANCEEngine and ChassisChecking the engine oil level 291. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking the engine coolant level 293. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking the radiator and condenser 294. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking brake fluid 295. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking power steering fluid 295. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking tire inflation pressure 296. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking and replacing tires 299. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rotating tires 301. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installing snow tires and chains 302. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacing wheels 303. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aluminum wheel precautions 304. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 7− 2

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

291


Low level

Add oil O.K. Too full

Full level

With the engine at operating tempera-ture and turned off, check the oil levelon the dipstick.

1. To get a correct reading, the vehicleshould be on level ground. After turningoff the engine, wait a few minutes forthe oil to drain back into the bottom ofthe engine.

2. Pull the dipstick out, hold a rag underthe end and wipe it clean.

3. Reinsert the dipstick—push it in as faras it will go, or the reading will not becorrect.

4. Pull the dipstick out and look at the oillevel while holding a rag under theend.

CAUTION

Be careful not to touch the hot ex-haust manifold.

NOTICE

Be careful not to drop engine oil onthe vehicle components.

If the oil level is below or only slightlyabove the low level, add engine oil ofthe same type as already in the engine.

Remove the oil filler cap and add engineoil in small quantities at a time, checkingthe dipstick. We recommend that you usea funnel when adding oil.

The approximate quantity of oil needed toraise the level between low and full on thedipstick is indicated below for reference.

When the level reaches within the correctrange, install the filler cap hand−tight.

Oil quantity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):1.5 (1.6, 1.3)

NOTICE

� Be careful not to spill engine oil onthe vehicle components.

� Avoid overfilling, or the enginecould be damaged.

� Check the oil level on the dipstickonce again after adding the oil.

Checking the engine oil level

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

292


ENGINE OIL SELECTION

“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” is used inyour Toyota vehicle. Use Toyota approved“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalentto satisfy the following grade andviscosity.

Oil grade:API grade SL “Energy−Conserving” orILSAC multigrade engine oil

Recommended viscosity:SAE 5W−30

Outside temperature

SAE 5W−30 is the best choice for goodfuel economy and good starting in coldweather.

If SAE 5W−30 is not available, SAE10W−30 may be used. However, itshould be replaced with SAE 5W−30 atthe next oil change.

API service symbol

ILSAC certification mark

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

293


Oil identification marks

Either or both API registered marks areadded to some oil containers to helpyou select the oil you should use.

The API Service Symbol is located any-where on the outside of the container.

The top portion of the label shows the oilquality by API (American Petroleum Insti-tute) designations such as SL. The centerportion of the label shows the SAE viscos-ity grade such as SAE 5W−30. “Energy−Conserving” shown in the lower portion,indicates that the oil has fuel−saving ca-pabilities.

The ILSAC (International Lubricant Stan-dardization and Approval Committee) Certi-fication Mark is displayed on the front ofthe container.

To ensure excellent lubrication perfor-mance for your engine, “Toyota GenuineMotor Oil” is available, which has beenspecifically tested and approved for allToyota engines.

Please contact your Toyota dealer for fur-ther details about “Toyota Genuine MotorOil”.

Look at the see−through coolant reser-voir when the engine is cold. The cool-ant level is satisfactory if it is betweenthe “FULL” and “LOW” lines on thereservoir. If the level is low, add thecoolant. (For the coolant type, see“Coolant type selection” described be-low.)

The coolant level in the reservoir will varywith engine temperature. However, if thelevel is on or below the “LOW” line, addcoolant. Bring the level up to the “FULL”line.

If the coolant level drops within a shorttime after replenishing, there may be aleak in the system. Visually check theradiator, hoses, radiator cap and draincock and water pump.

If you can find no leak, have your Toyotadealer test the cap pressure and checkfor leaks in the cooling system.

CAUTION

To prevent burning yourself, do notremove the radiator cap when the en-gine is hot.

Checking the engine coolantlevel

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

294


Coolant type selection

Use of improper coolants may damageyour engine cooling system.

Only use “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”or similar high quality ethylene glycolbased non−silicate, non−amine, non−nitrite,and non−borate coolant with long−lifehybrid organic acid technology. (Coolantwith long−life hybrid organic acidtechnology is a combination of lowphosphates and organic acids.)

For the U.S.A.—“Toyota Super Long LifeCoolant” is a mixture of 50% coolant and50% deionized water. This coolant pro-vides protection down to about −35�C(−31�F).

For Canada—“Toyota Super Long LifeCoolant” is a mixture of 55% coolant and45% deionized water. This coolant pro-vides protection down to about −42�C(−44�F).

NOTICE


Toyota recommends “Toyota Super LongLife Coolant”, which has been tested toensure that it will not cause corrosion norresult in malfunction of your enginecoolant system with proper usage. “ToyotaSuper Long Life Coolant” is formulatedwith long−life hybrid organic acidtechnology and has been specificallydesigned to avoid engine cooling systemmalfunction on Toyota vehicles.

Please contact your Toyota dealer forfurther details.

If any of the above parts are extremelydirty or you are not sure of their condi-tion, take your vehicle to a Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

To prevent burning yourself, be care-ful not to touch the radiator or con-denser when the engine is hot.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the radiatorand condenser, do not perform thework by yourself.

Checking the radiator andcondenser

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

295


To check the fluid level, simply look atthe see−through reservoir. The levelshould be between the “MAX” and“MIN” lines on the reservoir.

It is normal for the brake fluid level to godown slightly as the brake pads wear. Sobe sure to keep the reservoir filled.

If the reservoir needs frequent refilling, itmay indicate a serious mechanical prob-lem.

If the level is low, add SAE J1703 orFMVSS No.116 DOT 3 brake fluid to thebrake reservoir.

Remove and replace the reservoir cap byhand. Fill the brake fluid to the dottedline. This brings the fluid to the correctlevel when you put the cap back on.

Use only newly opened brake fluid. Onceopened, brake fluid absorbs moisture fromthe air, and excess moisture can cause adangerous loss of braking.

CAUTION

Take care when filling the reservoirbecause brake fluid can harm yourhands or eyes. If fluid gets on yourhands or in your eyes, flush the af-fected area with clean water immedi-ately. If you still feel uncomfortablewith your hands or eyes, go to thedoctor.

NOTICE

If you spill the fluid, be sure to washit off with water to prevent it fromdamaging the parts or paint.

If hotO.K. Close Open

If coldO.K.

If coldadd

If hotadd

Check the fluid level through the reser-voir. If necessary, add automatic trans-mission fluid DEXRON�II or III.

If the vehicle has been driven around 80km/h (50 mph) for 20 minutes (a littlemore in frigid temperatures), the fluid ishot (60�C—80�C or 140�F—175�F). Youmay also check the level when the fluidis cold (about room temperature,10�C—30�C or 50�F—85�F) if the enginehas not been run for about five hours.

Checking brake fluid Checking power steering fluid

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

296


Clean all dirt from the outside of the res-ervoir tank and look at the fluid level. Ifthe fluid is cold, the level should be in the“COLD” range. Similarly, if it is hot, thefluid level should be in the “HOT” range.If the level is at the low side of eitherrange, add automatic transmission fluidDEXRON�II or III to bring the level withinthe range.

To remove the reservoir cap, turn it coun-terclockwise and lift up. To reinstall it,turn it clockwise. After replacing the reser-voir cap, visually check the steering boxcase, vane pump and hose connectionsfor leaks or damage.

CAUTION

The reservoir tank may be hot so becareful not to burn yourself.

NOTICE

Avoid overfilling, or the power steer-ing could be damaged.

Keep your tire inflation pressuresat the proper level.The recommended cold tire inflationpressures, tire sizes and the com-bined weight of occupants and cargo(vehicle capacity weight) are de-scribed in Section 8. They are alsoon the tire and loading information la-bel.You should check the tire inflationpressure every two weeks, or at leastonce a month. And do not forget thespare!

Checking tire inflationpressure

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

297


The following instructions forchecking tire inflation pressureshould be observed:� The pressure should be

checked only when the tires arecold. If your vehicle has beenparked for at least 3 hours and hasnot been driven for more than 1.5km or 1 mile since, you will getan accurate cold tire inflation pres-sure reading.

� Always use a tire pressuregauge. The appearance of a tirecan be misleading. Besides, tireinflation pressures that are evenjust a few pounds off can degraderide and handling.

� Take special care when addingair to the compact spare tire.The smaller tire size can gainpressure very quickly. Add com-pressed air in small quantities andcheck the pressure often until itreaches the specified pressure.

� Do not bleed or reduce tireinflation pressure after driving.It is normal for the tire inflationpressure to be higher after driving.

� Never exceed the vehicle capac-ity weight. Passenger and lug-gage weight should be located sothat the vehicle is balanced.

Tire pressure gauge

INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENTPROCEDURE1. Remove the tire valve cap.2. Press the tip of the tire pressure

gauge to the tire valve.3. Read the pressure using the grad-

uations of the gauge.4. In case the tire inflation pressure

is not within the prescribed range,insert the compressed air from thevalve. In case of applying toomuch air, press the center of thevalve and release the air to adjust.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

298


5. After completing the tire inflationpressure measurement and ad-justment, apply soapy water to thevalve and check for leakage.

6. Install the tire valve cap.If a gauge and air pump are not avail-able, have your vehicle checked byyour Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

Be sure to reinstall the tire valvecaps. Without the valve caps, dirtor moisture could get into thevalve core and cause air leakage.If the caps have been lost, havenew ones put on as soon as pos-sible.

Incorrect tire inflation pressure maywaste fuel, reduce the comfort of driv-ing, reduce tire life and make your ve-hicle less safe to drive.If a tire frequently needs refilling,have it checked by your Toyota deal-er.

CAUTION

Keep your tires properly inflated.Otherwise, the following condi-tions may occur and cause an ac-cident resulting in death or seri-ous injuries.Low tire pressure (underinfla-tion)—� Excessive wear� Uneven wear� Poor handling� Possibility of blowouts from an

overheated tire� Poor sealing of the tire bead� Wheel deformation and/or tire

separation� A greater possibility of tire

damage from road hazards

High tire pressure (overinfla-tion)—� Poor handling� Excessive wear� Uneven wear� A greater possibility of tire

damage from road hazards

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

299


Tread wear indicator

CHECKING YOUR TIRESCheck the tire’s tread for treadwear indicators. If the indicatorsshow, replace the tires. The loca-tion of tread wear indicators isshown by the “TWI” or “Δ” marks,etc., molded on the sidewall ofeach tire.

The tires on your Toyota have built−intread wear indicators to help youknow when the tires need replace-ment. When the tread depth wears to1.6 mm (0.06 in.) or less, the indica-tors will appear. If you can see theindicators in two or more adjacentgrooves, the tire should be replaced.The lower the tread, the higher therisk of skidding.The effectiveness of snow tires islost if the tread wears down below4 mm (0.16 in.).If you have tire damage such ascuts, splits, cracks deep enough toexpose the fabric, or bulges indi-cating internal damage, the tireshould be replaced.If a tire often goes flat or cannot beproperly repaired due to the size orlocation of a cut or other damage, itshould be replaced. If you are notsure, consult with your Toyota dealer.

If air loss occurs while driving, do notcontinue driving. Driving even a shortdistance can damage a tire beyondrepair.Any tires which are over 6 yearsold must be checked by a qualifiedtechnician even if damage is notobvious.Tires deteriorate with age even if theyhave never or seldom been used.This applies also to the spare tire andtires stored for future use.

Checking and replacing tires

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

300


REPLACING YOUR TIRESWhen replacing a tire, use a tire ofthe same size and construction,and the same or greater maximumload as the originally installedtires.Using any other size or type of tiremay seriously affect handling, ride,speedometer/odometer calibration,ground clearance, and clearance be-tween the body and tires or snowchains.Check that the maximum load of thereplaced tire is greater than 1/2 of theGross Axle Weight Ratings (GAWR)of either the front axle or the rearaxle, whichever is greater. As for themaximum load of the tire, see the loadlimit at maximum cold tire inflationpressure mentioned on the sidewallof the tire, and as for the Gross AxleWeight Ratings (GAWR), see the Cer-tification Label.For details about the side wall of thetire and the Certification Label.

CAUTION

Observe the following instruc-tions. Otherwise, an accidentmay occur resulting in death orserious injuries.� Do not mix radial, bias belted,

or bias−ply tires on your ve-hicle, as this may cause dan-gerous handling characteris-tics resulting in loss of control.

� Do not use tires other than themanufacturer’s recommendedsize, as this may cause danger-ous handling characteristicsresulting in loss of control.

Toyota recommends all four tires,or at least both of the front or reartires be replaced at a time as a set.See “If you have a flat tire” in Section4 for tire change procedure.When a tire is replaced, the wheelshould always be balanced.An unbalanced wheel may affect ve-hicle handling and tire life. Wheelscan get out of balance with regularuse and should therefore be balancedoccasionally.When replacing a tubeless tire, theair valve should also be replacedwith a new one.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

301


With a spare tire of the samewheel type as the installed tires

With a spare tire of differentwheel type from the installedtires

To equalize the wear and help ex-tend tire life, Toyota recommendsthat you rotate your tires accord-ing to the maintenance schedule.(For scheduled maintenance infor-mation, please refer to the “Sched-uled Maintenance Guide” or “Own-er’s Manual Supplement”.)However, the most appropriate tim-ing for tire rotation may vary ac-cording to your driving habits androad surface conditions.See “If you have a flat tire” in Section4 for tire change procedure.When rotating tires, check for unevenwear and damage. Abnormal wear isusually caused by incorrect tire pres-sure, improper wheel alignment, out−of−balance wheels, or severe braking.

Rotating tires

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

302


WHEN TO USE SNOW TIRES ORCHAINS

Snow tires or chains are recommendedwhen driving on snow or ice.

On wet or dry roads, conventional tiresprovide better traction than snow tires.

SNOW TIRE SELECTION

If you need snow tires, select tires ofthe same size, construction and loadcapacity as the originally installed tires.

Do not use tires other than those men-tioned above. Do not install studded tireswithout first checking local regulations forpossible restrictions.

CAUTION

Do not use snow tires other than themanufacturer’s recommended size, asthis may cause dangerous handlingcharacteristics resulting in loss ofcontrol. Otherwise, an accident mayoccur resulting in death or seriousinjuries.

SNOW TIRE INSTALLATION

Snow tires should be installed on allwheels.

Installing snow tires on the front wheelsonly can lead to an excessive differencein road grip capability between the frontand rear tires which could cause loss ofvehicle control.

When storing removed tires, you shouldstore them in a cool dry place.

Mark the direction of rotation and be sureto install them in the same direction whenreplacing.

CAUTION

� Do not drive with the snow tiresincorrectly inflated.

� Never drive over 120 km/h (75 mph)with any type of snow tires.

TIRE CHAIN SELECTION

P205/65R15 92H tires—Use the tirechains of correct size and type.

Use SAE Class “S” type radial tire chainsexcept radial cable chains or V−bar typechains.

P205/60R16 91H tires—Use tire chainsof the correct size.

Use only genuine Toyota tire chains or equiv-alent for use on the AVALON.

NOTICE

If the wrong combination of tire andchain is used, the chains could dam-age the vehicle body.

� AVALON genuine tire chains (Part No. 08329−33801)

Laws about using tire chains vary ac-cording to locality and type of road, soalways check your local laws beforeyou install tire chains.

CHAIN INSTALLATION

Install the chains on the front tires astightly as possible. Do not use tirechains on the rear tires. Retightenchains after driving 0.5—1.0 km(1/4—1/2 mile).

Installing snow tires andchains

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

303


When installing chains on your tires, care-fully follow the instructions of the chainmanufacturer.

If wheel covers are used, they will bescratched by the chain band, so removethe covers before putting on the chains.

CAUTION

� Do not exceed 50 km/h (30 mph) orthe chain manufacturer’s recom-mended speed limit, whichever islower.

� Drive carefully avoiding bumps,holes, and sharp turns, which maycause the vehicle to bounce.

� Avoid sharp turns or locked−wheelbraking, as use of chains may ad-versely affect vehicle handling.

� When driving with chains installed,be sure to drive carefully. Slowdown before entering curves toavoid losing control of the vehicle.Otherwise an accident may occur.

WHEN TO REPLACE YOUR WHEELS

If you have wheel damage such asbending, cracks or heavy corrosion, thewheel should be replaced.

If you fail to replace a damaged wheel,the tire may slip off the wheel or causeloss of handling control.

WHEEL SELECTION

When replacing wheels, care should betaken to ensure that the wheels are re-placed by ones with the same load ca-pacity, diameter, rim width, and offset.

Correct replacement wheels are availableat your Toyota dealer.

A wheel of a different size or type mayadversely affect handling, wheel and bear-ing life, brake cooling, speedometer/odom-eter calibration, stopping ability, headlightaim, bumper height, vehicle ground clear-ance, and tire or snow chain clearance tothe body and chassis.

Replacement with used wheels is not rec-ommended as they may have been sub-jected to rough treatment or high mileageand could fail without warning. Also, bentwheels which have been straightened mayhave structural damage and thereforeshould not be used. Never use an innertube in a leaking wheel which is designedfor a tubeless tire.

CAUTION

Do not use wheels other than themanufacturer’s recommended size, asthis may cause dangerous handlingcharacteristics resulting in loss ofcontrol. Otherwise, an accident mayoccur resulting in death or seriousinjuries.

Replacing wheels

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

304


� When installing aluminum wheels,check that the wheel nuts are tightafter driving your vehicle the first 1600km (1000 miles).

� If you have rotated, repaired, orchanged your tires, check that thewheel nuts are still tight after driving1600 km (1000 miles).

� When using tire chains, be careful notto damage the aluminum wheels.

� Use only Toyota wheel nuts andwrench designed for your aluminumwheels.

� When balancing your wheels, use onlyToyota balance weights or equivalentand a plastic or rubber hammer.

� As with any wheel, periodically checkyour aluminum wheels for damage. Ifdamaged, replace immediately.

Aluminum wheel precautions

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

305


’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

306


DO−IT−YOURSELF MAINTENANCEElectrical componentsChecking battery condition 307. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Battery recharging precautions 308. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking and replacing fuses 309. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding washer fluid 310. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacing light bulbs 310. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 7− 3

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

307


CAUTION

BATTERY PRECAUTIONS

The battery produces flammable andexplosive hydrogen gas.

� Do not cause a spark from the bat-tery with tools.

� Do not smoke or light a match nearthe battery.

The electrolyte contains poisonousand corrosive sulfuric acid.

� Avoid contact with eyes, skin orclothes.

� Never ingest electrolyte.

� Wear protective safety glasses whenworking near the battery.

� Keep children away from the bat-tery.

EMERGENCY MEASURES

� If electrolyte gets in your eyes,flush your eyes with clean waterimmediately and get immediatemedical attention. If possible, con-tinue to apply water with a spongeor cloth while en route to the medi-cal office.

� If electrolyte gets on your skin,thoroughly wash the contact area. Ifyou feel pain or burning, get medi-cal attention immediately.

� If electrolyte gets on your clothes,there is a possibility of its soakingthrough to your skin, so immediate-ly take off the exposed clothing andfollow the procedure above, if nec-essary.

� If you accidentally swallow electro-lyte, drink a large quantity of wateror milk. Follow with milk of magne-sia, beaten raw egg or vegetableoil. Then go immediately for emer-gency help.

TerminalsGround cable

Hold−downclamp

Check the battery for corroded or looseterminal connections, cracks, or loosehold−down clamp.

a. If the battery is corroded, wash it offwith a solution of warm water and bak-ing soda. Coat the outside of the termi-nals with grease to prevent further cor-rosion.

b. If the terminal connections are loose,tighten their clamp nuts—but do notovertighten.

c. Tighten the hold−down clamp onlyenough to keep the battery firmly inplace. Overtightening may damage thebattery case.

Checking battery condition——Precautions —Checking battery exterior

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

308


NOTICE

� Be sure the engine and all accesso-ries are off before performing main-tenance.

� When checking the battery, removethe ground cable from the negativeterminal (“−” mark) first and rein-stall it last.

� Be careful not to cause a short cir-cuit with tools.

� Take care no solution gets into thebattery when washing it.

Type A

Green DarkClear or light yellow

Type B

Blue White Red

CHECKING BY INDICATOR

Check the battery condition by the indi-cator color.

Indicator colorCondition

Type A Type B

Green Blue Good

Dark White

Charging necessary.Have battery checked by your Toyota dealer.

Clear orlight

yellowRed

Have battery checked by your Toyota dealer.

During recharging, the battery is pro-ducing hydrogen gas.

Therefore, before recharging:

1. If recharging with the battery installedon the vehicle, be sure to disconnectthe ground cable.

2. Be sure the power switch on the re-charger is off when connecting thecharger cables to the battery and whendisconnecting them.

CAUTION

� Always charge the battery in an un-confined area. Do not charge thebattery in a garage or closed roomwhere there is not sufficient ventila-tion.

� Only do a slow charge (5 A orless). Charging at a quicker rate isdangerous. The battery may ex-plode, causing personal injuries.

NOTICE

Never recharge the battery while theengine is running. Also, be sure allaccessories are turned off.

—Checking battery condition Battery recharging precautions

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

309


Type A

Good Blown

Type B

Good

Good

Blown

Blown

Type C

If the headlights or other electricalcomponents do not work, check thefuses. If any of the fuses are blown,they must be replaced.

See “Fuse locations” in Section 7−1 forlocations of the fuses.

Turn the ignition switch and inoperativecomponent off. Pull the suspected fusestraight out and check it.

Determine which fuse may be causing theproblem. The lid of the fuse box showsthe name of the circuit for each fuse. SeeSection 8 for the functions controlled byeach circuit.

Type A fuses can be pulled out by thepull−out tool. The location of the pull−outtool is shown in the illustration.

If you are not sure whether the fuse hasblown, try replacing the suspected fusewith one that you know is good.

If the fuse has blown, push a new fuseinto the clip.

Only install a fuse with the amperage rat-ing designated on the fuse box lid.

If you do not have a spare fuse, in anemergency you can pull out the “RADIO”or “A/C” fuse, which may be dispensablefor normal driving, and use it if itsamperage rating is the same.

If you cannot use one of the same amper-age, use one that is lower, but as closeto the rating as possible. If the amperageis lower than that specified, the fusemight blow out again but this does notindicate anything wrong. Be sure to getthe correct fuse as soon as possible andreturn the substitute to its original clip.

It is a good idea to purchase a set ofspare fuses and keep them in your ve-hicle for emergencies.

Checking and replacing fuses

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

310


If the new fuse immediately blows out,there is a problem with the electrical sys-tem. Have your Toyota dealer correct it assoon as possible.

CAUTION

Never use a fuse with a higher am-perage rating, or any other object, inplace of a fuse. This may cause ex-tensive damage and possibly a fire.

If any washer does not work or the lowwindshield washer fluid level warninglight comes on, the washer tank may beempty. Add washer fluid.

You may use plain water as washer fluid.However, in cold areas where tempera-tures range below the freezing point, usewasher fluid containing antifreeze. Thisproduct is available at your Toyota dealerand most auto parts stores. Follow themanufacturer’s directions for how much tomix with water.

NOTICE

Do not use engine antifreeze or anyother substitute because it may dam-age your vehicle’s paint.

The following illustrations show how togain access to the bulbs. When replacinga bulb, make sure the ignition switch andlight switch are off. Use bulbs with thewattage ratings given in the table.

CAUTION

� To prevent burning yourself, do notreplace the light bulbs while theyare hot.

� Halogen bulbs have pressurized gasinside and require special handling.They can burst or shatter ifscratched or dropped. Hold a bulbonly by its plastic or metal case.Do not touch the glass part of abulb with bare hands.

NOTICE

Only use a bulb of the listed type.

Adding washer fluid Replacing light bulbs—

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

311


The inside of the lens of exterior lightssuch as headlights may temporarily fog upwhen the lens becomes wet in the rain orin a car wash. This is not a problembecause the fogging is caused by thetemperature difference between the outsideand inside of the lens, just like thewindshield fogs up in the rain. However, ifthere is a large drop of water on theinside of the lens, or if there is waterpooled inside the light, contact yourToyota dealer.

Light bulbs BulbNo.

W Type

Headlights (low beam)

9006 51 A

Headlights(high beam)

9005 60 B

Front fog lights 9006 51 A

Front turnsignal/parkinglights

1157NA 27/8 C

Rear turn signallights

— 21 D

Stop/tail lights 7443 21/5 E

Rear sidemarker lights

194 3.8 E

Back−up lights 921 18 E

Tail lights 168 5 E

License platelights

168 5 E

High mountedstoplight

921 18 E

Interior light — 7 F

Front personallights

— 7 F

Light bulbs BulbNo. W Type

Rear personallights

— 5 F

Vanity lights — 2 F

Glove box light — 1.2 E

Door courtesylights

— 6 F

Trunk light — 3 F

A: HB4 halogen bulbsB: HB3 halogen bulbsC: Single end bulbsD: Wedge base bulbs (amber)E: Wedge base bulbs (clear)F: Double end bulbs

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

312


1. Unplug the connector while depress-ing the lock release.

If the connector is tight, wiggle it.

2. Turn the bulb and remove it. 3. Install a new bulb and the connectorinto the mounting hole.

Aiming is not necessary after replacingthe bulb. When aiming adjustment is nec-essary, contact your Toyota dealer.

—Headlights

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

313


If either the left or right front fog orfront turn signal/parking lights burnsout, contact your Toyota dealer.

NOTICE

Do not try to replace the front fog orfront turn signal/parking light bulbsby yourself. You may damage the ve-hicle.

Use a flat−bladed screwdriver which iswrapped with a cloth.

a: Rear turn signal lightb: Stop/tail lightc: Rear side marker lightd: Back−up light

—Front fog and front turnsignal/parking lights

—Rear turn signal, stop/tail,rear side marker and back−uplights

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

314


Remove and install the cover clips asshown in the following illustrations.

Removing cover clips

Installing cover clips

—Tail lights

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

315


Remove and install the cover clips asshown in the following illustrations.

Removing cover clips

Installing cover clips

—License plate lights

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

316


—High mounted stoplight(type A)

—High mounted stoplight(type B)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

317


’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

318


SPECIFICATIONSSpecificationsDimensions and weights 319. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine 319. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel 320. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service specifications 320. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tires 322. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuses 323. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 8

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

319


Model:1MZ−FE

Type:6 cylinder V type 4 cycle, gasoline

Bore and stroke, mm (in.):87.5 � 83.0 (3.44 � 3.27)

Displacement, cm3 (cu. in.):2995 (182.8)

Overall length mm (in.) 4865 (191.5)

Overall width mm (in.) 1820 (71.7)

Overall height mm (in.) 1465 (57.7)∗1

Wheelbase mm (in.) 2720 (107.0)

Front tread mm (in.) 1550 (61.0)

Rear tread mm (in.) 1525 (60.0)

∗1: Unladen vehicle∗2: With bucket type front seat∗3: With bench type front seat

Vehicle capacity weight (occupants + luggage) kg (lb.)

410 (900)∗2

475 (1050)∗3

Towing capacity kg (lb.) 907 (2000)

Dimensions and weights Engine

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

320


Fuel type:Unleaded gasoline, Octane Rating 87(Research Octane Number 91) or higher.For improved vehicle performance, theuse of premium unleaded gasoline withan Octane Rating of 91 (Research Oc-tane Number 96) or higher is recom-mended.

Fuel tank capacity, L (gal., Imp. gal.):70 (18.5, 15.4)

ENGINE

Valve clearance (engine cold), mm (in.):Intake 0.15—0.25 (0.006—0.010)Exhaust 0.25—0.35 (0.010—0.014)

Spark plug type:DENSO SK20R11NGK IFR6A11

Spark plug gap, mm (in.):1.1 (0.043)

Drive belt tension measured withBorroughs drive belt tension gauge No.BT−33−73F (used belt), Ibf:

Generator belt 88�22Power steering pump belt 115�20

ENGINE LUBRICATION

Oil capacity (drain and refill), L (qt., Imp.qt.):

With filter 4.7 (5.0, 4.1)Without filter 4.5 (4.8, 4.0)

“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” is used inyour Toyota vehicle. Use Toyota approved“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalentto satisfy the following grade andviscosity.

Oil grade:API grade SL “Energy−Conserving” orILSAC multigrade engine oil.

Recommended oil viscosity:SAE 5W−30

Outside temperature

Please contact your Toyota dealer for fur-ther details.

Fuel Service specifications

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

321


COOLING SYSTEM

Total capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):9.0 (9.5, 7.9)

Coolant type:

“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” isused in your Toyota vehicle at factoryfill. In order to avoid technical problems,only use “Toyota Super Long LifeCoolant” or similar high quality ethyleneglycol based non−silicate, non−amine,non−nitrite, and non−borate coolant withlong−life hybrid organic acid technology.(Coolant with long−life hybrid organicacid technology is a combination of lowphosphates and organic acids.)


Please contact your Toyota dealer forfurther details.

BATTERY

Open voltage∗ at 20�C (68�F):12.6—12.8 V Fully charged12.2—12.4 V Half charged11.8—12.0 V Discharged

∗: Voltage that is checked 20 minutesafter the key is removed with all thelights turned off

Charging rates:5 A max.

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

Fluid capacity (drain and refill), L (qt.,Imp. qt.):

Up to 4.75 (5.0, 4.2)

Fluid type:Toyota Genuine ATF D−II orDEXRON�III (DEXRON�II)

Please contact your Toyota dealer for fur-ther details.

BRAKES

Minimum pedal clearance when depressedwith the force of 490 N (50 kgf, 110 lbf)with the engine running, mm (in.):

75 (3.0)

Pedal free play, mm (in.):1—6 (0.04—0.24)

Pad wear limit, mm (in.):1.0 (0.04)

Lining wear limit, mm (in.):1.0 (0.04)

Parking brake adjustment when depressedwith the force of 294 N (30 kgf, 66.1 lbf):

3—6 clicks

Fluid type:SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3

STEERING

Wheel free play:Less than 30 mm (1.2 in.)

Power steering fluid type:Automatic transmission fluid DEXRON�IIor III

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

322


Tire size and cold tire inflation pressure:Normal driving kPa (kgf/cm2 or bar, psi)

Tire sizeTire inflation pressure

Wheel sizeFront Rear

P205/65R15 92H 210 (2.1, 31) 210 (2.1, 31) 15 � 6JJ

P205/60R16 91H 220 (2.2, 32) 220 (2.2, 32) 16 � 6JJ

Trailer driving kPa (kgf/cm2 or bar, psi)

Tire sizeTire inflation pressure

Front Rear

P205/65R15 92H 220 (2.2, 32) 220 (2.2, 32)

P205/60R16 91H 240 (2.4, 35) 240 (2.4, 35)

When driving under the above vehicle load conditions at sustained high speeds above 160 km/h (100 mph), in countrieswhere such speeds are permitted by−law, inflate the front and rear tires to 280 kPa (2.8 kgf/cm2 or bar, 41 psi) providedthat it does not exceed the maximum cold tire pressure molded on the tire sidewall.Wheel nut torque, N·m (kgf·m, ft·Ibf):

103 (10.5, 76)NOTE: For a complete information on tires (e.g. replacing tires or replacing wheels), see “Checking tire inflation pres-

sure” through “Aluminum wheel precautions” in Section 7−2.

Tires

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

323


Engine compartment

Engine compartment

Fuses (type A)

1. HEAD RH UPR 10 A: No circuit

2. HEAD LH UPR 10 A: No circuit

3. HEAD RH LWR 15 A: Right−handheadlight (low beam)

4. HEAD LH LWR 15 A: Left−hand head-light (low beam)

5. ABS NO.4 5 A: Vehicle stability controlsystem

6. DRL 7.5 A: Daytime running light sys-tem

7. SPARE 30 A: Spare fuse


Instrument panel



11. ALT−S 5 A: Charging system

12. DCC 30 A: “DOME”, “ECU−B” and“RADIO” fuses

13. SECURITY 10 A: Theft−deterrent sys-tem

14. HAZ 15 A: Turn signal lights

15. A/F 25 A: Air/fuel sensor

16. DOOR NO.2 15 A: Power door locksystem

17. HORN 10 A: Horn, theft−deterrent sys-tem

Fuses

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

324


18. AM2 10 A: SRS airbag system, multi-port fuel injection system/sequentialmultiport fuel injection system, startersystem, charging system, air/fuel sen-sor, fuel pump

19. EFI NO.2 7.5 A: Multiport fuel injectionsystem/sequential multiport fuel injec-tion system, air flow meter, oxygensensor, evaporative emission controlsystem, throttle positioner control sys-tem, engine control system

20. ABS NO.3 25 A: Anti−lock brake sys-tem

21. ABS NO.2 25 A: Vehicle stability con-trol system

22. EFI NO.1 15 A: Multiport fuel injectionsystem/sequential multiport fuel injec-tion system, fuel pump

23. IG2 15 A: Multiport fuel injection sys-tem/sequential multiport fuel injectionsystem

24. HEAD LH UPR 10 A: Left−hand head-light (high beam), high beam indicatorlight

25. HEAD RH UPR 10 A: Right−handheadlight (high beam)

26. ECU−IG NO.1 5 A: Electric coolingfans

27. ECU−B 7.5 A: Air conditioning system,theft deterrent system, power seats,meters, power windows (for driver andfront passenger), multiplex communica-tion system

28. TAIL 10 A: Parking lights, license platelights, tail lights, rear side markerlights, rear light failure warning light,engine control system

29. SEAT HTR 20 A: Seat heaters

30. FR P/W 20 A: Power window (for frontpassenger)

31. GAUGE NO.1 10 A: Vehicle stabilitycontrol system, rear window defogger,cruise control system, shift lock sys-tem, anti−lock brake system, auto anti−glare inside rear view mirror, automaticlight control system, power seats, rearlight failure warning light, automatictransmission indicator lights, power out-let, power window (for driver), brakesystem warning light, electric moonroof

32. HTR 10 A: Air conditioning system

33. FOG 15 A: Front fog lights

34. TURN 7.5 A: Turn signal lights

35. A/C 10 A: Air conditioning system

36. RADIO 15 A: Audio system, multi−in-formation display

37. PANEL 5 A: Gauges and meters, audiosystem, cigarette lighter, air condition-ing system, emergency flasher, elec-tronically controlled automatic transmis-sion system, power rear view mirrors,multi−information display, glove boxlight, instrument panel lights, instrumentpanel light control, power outlet

38. FL P/W 25 A: Power window (for driv-er)

39. PWR OUTLET NO.1 15 A: Power out-let (ACC)

40. ECU−ACC 5 A: Audio system, powerrear view mirrors, multi−information dis-play, shift lock system, multiplex com-munication system

41. SRS−ACC 10 A: SRS airbag system

42. MIR HTR 10 A: Outside rear view mir-ror defoggers, engine control system

43. PWR OUTLET NO.2 15 A: Power out-let (IG)

44. GAUGE NO.2 10 A: Back−up lights

45. OBD−II 7.5 A: On−board diagnosis sys-tem

46. STOP 15 A: Stop lights, high mountedstoplight, anti−lock brake system, shiftlock system, cruise control system, ve-hicle stability control system, enginecontrol system

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

325


47. DOME 7.5 A: Interior lights, front per-sonal lights, door courtesy lights, igni-tion switch light, vanity lights, garagedoor opener, open door warning light,illuminated entry system, rear personallights, automatic light control system,trunk light, wireless remote control sys-tem, multiplex communication system

48. OPNER 5 A: No circuit

49. RL P/W 20 A: Power window (for rearleft passenger)

50. RR P/W 20 A: Power window (for rearright passenger)

51. WIP 25 A: Windshield wipers andwasher

52. ECU−IG NO.2 10 A: Anti−lock brakesystem, cruise control system, multi−in-formation display, theft deterrent sys-tem, vehicle stability control system,meters, multiplex communication sys-tem

53. CIG 15 A: Cigarette lighter

54. DOOR NO.1 25 A: Theft deterrent sys-tem, trunk opener, multiplex commu-nication system

55. SUN ROOF 30 A: Electric moon roof

Fuses (type B)

56. AM1 40 A: Multiport fuel injection sys-tem/sequential multiport fuel injectionsystem

57. HTR 50 A: Air conditioning system

58. CDS 30 A: Electric cooling fans

59. RDI 30 A: Electric cooling fans

60. MAIN 40 A: Starter system

61. DEF 40 A: Rear window defogger,noise filter

62. PWR SEAT 30 A: Power seats

Fuses (type C)

63. ABS 60 A: Anti−lock brake system,“ABS NO.4” fuse

64. ALT 120 A: “HTR”, “A/C”, “ABS NO.2”,“ABS NO.3”, “RDI”, “CDS”, “AM1”,“ABS” and “ABS NO.4” fuses

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

327


REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS FOR U.S.OWNERSReporting safety defects for U.S. ownersReporting safety defects for U.S. owners 328. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 9

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

328


If you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could cause acrash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediately in-form the National Highway TrafficSafety Administration (NHTSA) inaddition to notifying Toyota MotorSales, U.S.A., Inc. (Toll−free: 1−800−331−4331).

If NHTSA receives similar com-plaints, it may open an investiga-tion, and if it finds that a safetydefect exists in a group of ve-hicles, it may order a recall andremedy campaign. However,NHTSA cannot become involvedin individual problems betweenyou, your dealer, or Toyota MotorSales, U.S.A., Inc.

To contact NHTSA, you may ei-ther call the Auto Safety Hotlinetoll−free at 1−800−424−9393 (or366−0123 in Washington, D.C.area) or write to: NHTSA, U.S.Department of Transportation,Washington, D.C. 20590. You canalso obtain other information aboutmotor vehicle safety from the Hot-line.

Reporting safety defects forU.S. owners

Documents

Foreword - Amazon S3However, the more you know about these systems and how to use them properly, the greater your chances become of surviving an accident without death or serious injury